[go: up one dir, main page]

CN108809609B - A DMRS indication and receiving method, transmitter and receiver - Google Patents

A DMRS indication and receiving method, transmitter and receiver Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN108809609B
CN108809609B CN201810586298.7A CN201810586298A CN108809609B CN 108809609 B CN108809609 B CN 108809609B CN 201810586298 A CN201810586298 A CN 201810586298A CN 108809609 B CN108809609 B CN 108809609B
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
dmrs
cdm group
information
cdm
port
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
CN201810586298.7A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN108809609A (en
Inventor
任翔
刘永
戎璐
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority claimed from CN201711147995.4A external-priority patent/CN109391456B/en
Publication of CN108809609A publication Critical patent/CN108809609A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN108809609B publication Critical patent/CN108809609B/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A) or DMT
    • H04L5/0008Wavelet-division
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signalling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091Signalling for the administration of the divided path, e.g. signalling of configuration information
    • H04L5/0092Indication of how the channel is divided

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

This application discloses a kind of DMRS instruction and the received method and devices of DMRS, the described method includes: transmitting terminal determines DMRS configuration information corresponding with current DMRS transmission plan from multiple groups demodulated reference signal DMRS configuration information, and DMRS instruction information is obtained according to DMRS configuration information;Every group of DMRS configuration information includes a plurality of DMRS configuration information;The transmitting terminal sends the DMRS and indicates information.Implement method and apparatus provided by the present application, matched with the several scenes of NR, can satisfy the demand of the data transmission of higher number, instruction expense can be further decreased.

Description

一种DMRS指示和接收方法,发射端和接收端A DMRS indication and receiving method, transmitter and receiver

技术领域technical field

本申请涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种解调参考信号(demodulation referencesignal,DMRS)指示和接收方法,发射端和接收端。The present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) indication and reception method, a transmitter and a receiver.

背景技术Background technique

多输入多输出(英文全称:Multiple-Input Multiple-Output,英文简称:MIMO)技术利用空间维度的资源,可以在不增加系统带宽的前提下,使信号在空间获得阵列增益、复用和分集增益以及干扰抵消增益,成倍地提升通信系统的容量和频谱效率。例如,在长期演进(英文全称:Long Term Evolution,英文简称:LTE)系统中,单用户(single user,SU)最大支持8层正交DMRS端口复用,DMRS占用24个RE。具体的:在频域上,DMRS端口可以映射在每个资源块(resource block,RB)对(pair)的第0、1、5、6、10、11个子载波上;在时域上,DMRS端口可以映射在每个子帧的5、6、12和13个符号上。如图1所示。Multiple-input multiple-output (English full name: Multiple-Input Multiple-Output, English abbreviation: MIMO) technology utilizes the resources of the spatial dimension, and can enable the signal to obtain array gain, multiplexing and diversity gain in space without increasing the system bandwidth. As well as the interference cancellation gain, the capacity and spectral efficiency of the communication system are increased exponentially. For example, in a Long Term Evolution (English full name: Long Term Evolution, English abbreviation: LTE) system, a single user (single user, SU) supports a maximum of 8 layers of orthogonal DMRS port multiplexing, and the DMRS occupies 24 REs. Specifically: in the frequency domain, the DMRS ports can be mapped on the 0th, 1st, 5th, 6th, 10th, and 11th subcarriers of each resource block (resource block, RB) pair; in the time domain, the DMRS ports Ports can be mapped on 5, 6, 12 and 13 symbols per subframe. As shown in Figure 1.

然而随着人们对高速率、高可靠性、低延迟等通信要求的不断提高,现代通信系统将一直面临着更大容量、更广覆盖和更低延迟的挑战,这些需求也成为未来网络(英文全称:new radio,英文简称:NR)的关键需求。However, with the continuous improvement of people's communication requirements for high speed, high reliability and low delay, modern communication systems will always face the challenges of larger capacity, wider coverage and lower delay, and these requirements have also become the future network (English). Full name: new radio, English abbreviation: NR) key requirements.

在通信系统的接收端解调过程中,相比于非相干解调,相干解调性能更好,且具有3dB左右的优势,因而相干解调更广泛被现代通信系统所采用。然而OFDM系统对每个载波的调制都是抑制载波的,接收端的相干解调是需要基准信号的,又称作导频信号或者参考信号(英文全称:Reference Signal,英文简称:RS),它们在OFDM符号内分布于时频二维空间中不同的资源单元(英文全称:Resource Element,英文简称:RE)上,具有已知的幅度和相位。同样在MIMO系统中,各根发送天线(虚拟天线或物理天线)具有独立的数据信道,基于预知的RS信号,接收机针对每根发送天线进行信道估计,并基于此还原发送数据。In the demodulation process of the receiving end of the communication system, compared with the non-coherent demodulation, the coherent demodulation performance is better, and has the advantage of about 3dB, so the coherent demodulation is more widely used in the modern communication system. However, the modulation of each carrier in the OFDM system suppresses the carrier, and the coherent demodulation at the receiving end requires a reference signal, also known as a pilot signal or a reference signal (English full name: Reference Signal, English abbreviation: RS), which are in the The OFDM symbols are distributed on different resource elements (full English name: Resource Element, English abbreviation: RE) in the time-frequency two-dimensional space, and have known amplitudes and phases. Also in a MIMO system, each transmit antenna (virtual antenna or physical antenna) has an independent data channel. Based on the predicted RS signal, the receiver performs channel estimation for each transmit antenna, and restores the transmit data based on this.

信道估计指的是为了补偿信道衰落和噪声而重建接收信号的过程,它利用发送机与接收机预知的RS来追踪信道的时域和频域变化。例如,为了实现高阶多天线系统的数据解调,LTE/-A系统定义了解调参考信号(英文全称:Demodulation Reference Signal,英文简称:DMRS),该参考信号用于上下行控制信道和数据信道如物理下行共享信道(英文全称:Physical Downlink Share Channel,英文简称:PDSCH)的解调。Channel estimation refers to the process of reconstructing the received signal in order to compensate for channel fading and noise. It uses the RS predicted by the transmitter and the receiver to track the time and frequency domain changes of the channel. For example, in order to realize the data demodulation of the high-order multi-antenna system, the LTE/-A system defines a demodulation reference signal (full name in English: Demodulation Reference Signal, English abbreviation: DMRS), which is used for uplink and downlink control channels and data channels. Such as demodulation of physical downlink shared channel (full English name: Physical Downlink Share Channel, English abbreviation: PDSCH).

DMRS和用户数据采用相同的预处理方式,其特点为:DMRS and user data use the same preprocessing method, which is characterized by:

1)用户特定(UE-specific)的,即每个终端数据与其对应的解调参考信号采用相同的预编码矩阵。1) User-specific (UE-specific), that is, each terminal data and its corresponding demodulation reference signal use the same precoding matrix.

2)从网络侧来看,各层传输的DMRS相互正交。2) From the network side, the DMRS transmitted by each layer are orthogonal to each other.

3)DMRS一般被用来支持波束成形和预编码技术,因而只在被调度的资源块上发送,发送的数量与数据流数(或称为层数)相关,与天线端口一一对应,而非物理天线数,前者小于或等于后者,两者通过层映射和预编码联系起来。3) DMRS is generally used to support beamforming and precoding technology, so it is only sent on the scheduled resource blocks, and the number of transmissions is related to the number of data streams (or layers), and corresponds to the antenna ports one-to-one, while The number of non-physical antennas, the former is less than or equal to the latter, and the two are linked through layer mapping and precoding.

在现行标准中,下行采用DMRS的最大可以支持正交数据流数为8个,每个PRB pair里面资源开销为24个Re,DMRS以块状导频形式分布于各个PRB内。各个端口(port)分别占用12个RE,即其port密度相同。同时,DMRS的序列设计依据各个port的密度确定,因而其长度为定值。In the current standard, the maximum number of orthogonal data streams that can be supported by using DMRS in downlink is 8, the resource overhead in each PRB pair is 24 Re, and the DMRS is distributed in each PRB in the form of block pilots. Each port (port) occupies 12 REs, that is, the port density is the same. At the same time, the sequence design of DMRS is determined according to the density of each port, so its length is a fixed value.

然而,新空口(英文全称:New Radio,英文简称:NR)支持的场景更为多样化,因而会支持多种模式(pattern),例如为适应不同频段数据传输,复用方式会有着很大的不同。并且,为了进一步满足更大容量传输需求,数据信道的DMRS的最大可支持正交数据流数会大于8个,如3gpp RAN1#88bis会议已经支持正交12DMRS ports。However, the scenarios supported by the new radio interface (full name: New Radio, abbreviation: NR) are more diverse, so it will support multiple patterns. For example, in order to adapt to data transmission in different frequency bands, the multiplexing method will have great different. Moreover, in order to further meet the larger capacity transmission requirements, the maximum number of orthogonal data streams that can be supported by the DMRS of the data channel will be greater than 8. For example, the 3gpp RAN1#88bis conference already supports orthogonal 12 DMRS ports.

此外,相比于LTE系统中的收发天线都非常低,因此MU配对时所支持的MU维度较低,如在MU调度时,允许单个用户最大层数为2层,总正交层数为4层。但在未来网络中,4RX终端可能作为收天线维度的基线而存在,此时MU维度将会发生变化。In addition, compared with the LTE system, the transmit and receive antennas are very low, so the MU dimension supported by MU pairing is low. For example, during MU scheduling, the maximum number of layers allowed for a single user is 2, and the total number of orthogonal layers is 4 Floor. However, in the future network, the 4RX terminal may exist as the baseline of the receiving antenna dimension, and the MU dimension will change at this time.

在实际传输中,基站需要告知终端其分配的层数,DMRS端口号,序列配置,复用方式等信息。在LTE中,这些信息通过DCI进行指示。但是,NR已支持多种pattern,port数、复用方式和映射规则存在多种变化,沿用LTE的DCI指示方式将造成很大的开销,因此在NR中如何指示DMRS是亟待解决的技术问题。In actual transmission, the base station needs to inform the terminal of the number of layers allocated, DMRS port number, sequence configuration, multiplexing mode and other information. In LTE, this information is indicated by DCI. However, NR already supports a variety of patterns, and there are various changes in the number of ports, multiplexing methods and mapping rules. Following the DCI indication method of LTE will cause a lot of overhead. Therefore, how to indicate DMRS in NR is a technical problem that needs to be solved urgently.

发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

为解决上述技术问题,本申请提供一种解调参考信号指示和接收方法及装置。In order to solve the above technical problems, the present application provides a method and apparatus for indicating and receiving a demodulation reference signal.

在NR系统的MU-MIMO场景下,其能支持的CDM复用的正交端口与LTE中不同,最大能够支持到12个正交端口,因此LTE中仅根据一张DMRS配置信息表来告知终端其分配的层数,DMRS正交端口号,序列配置,复用方式等信息的方式不再适用,本申请实施例中,设计多组DMRS配置信息分别匹配未来网络(new radio,NR)的不同场景DMRS传输需求。In the MU-MIMO scenario of the NR system, the CDM multiplexing orthogonal ports that it can support are different from those in LTE, and can support up to 12 orthogonal ports. Therefore, in LTE, only one DMRS configuration information table is used to inform the terminal. The number of layers allocated, the DMRS orthogonal port number, the sequence configuration, the multiplexing method and other information methods are no longer applicable. In this embodiment of the present application, multiple groups of DMRS configuration information are designed to match different future networks (new radio, NR) respectively. Scenario DMRS transmission requirements.

一方面,本申请提供的解调参考信号指示和接收的方法,包括:On the one hand, the method for indicating and receiving a demodulation reference signal provided by this application includes:

发射端从多组解调参考信号DMRS配置信息中确定与当前DMRS传输方案对应的DMRS配置信息,并根据DMRS配置信息得到DMRS指示信息;所述每组DMRS配置信息包含多条DMRS配置信息;然后发送DMRS信息至接收端;接收端接收到DMRS指示信息后,辅助数据解调。The transmitting end determines the DMRS configuration information corresponding to the current DMRS transmission scheme from the multiple groups of demodulation reference signal DMRS configuration information, and obtains the DMRS indication information according to the DMRS configuration information; the described each group of DMRS configuration information includes multiple pieces of DMRS configuration information; then Send DMRS information to the receiving end; after receiving the DMRS indication information, the receiving end demodulates the auxiliary data.

本申请实施例中,当前的DMRS传输方案是通过指示信息来指示的;不同的DMRS传输方案对应的最大可支持正交端口数不同,或对应的DMRS图样或对应的DMRS配置类型不同。In the embodiment of the present application, the current DMRS transmission scheme is indicated by indication information; different DMRS transmission schemes correspond to different maximum numbers of orthogonal ports that can be supported, or different corresponding DMRS patterns or corresponding DMRS configuration types.

所述不同的DMRS传输方案对应的DMRS配置信息的最大可支持正交端口数不同。The maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported in the DMRS configuration information corresponding to the different DMRS transmission schemes is different.

所述不同的DMRS传输方案对应的DMRS指示信息的长度不同。The lengths of the DMRS indication information corresponding to the different DMRS transmission schemes are different.

所述至少一条DMRS配置信息中的多个DMRS端口分属不同的码分多址CDM组,其中不同的CDM组之间满足非准共址QCL关系。The multiple DMRS ports in the at least one piece of DMRS configuration information belong to different code division multiple access CDM groups, wherein different CDM groups satisfy a non-quasi-co-located QCL relationship.

一种实现方式中,针对不同的最大可支持正交端口数,可以配置不同组的DMRS配置信息,该组DMRS配置信息包含多条DMRS配置信息;例如,对于最大可支持正交端口数为4,正交端口数为6,正交端口数为8,正交端口数为12的MIMO场景,分别配置对应的DMRS配置信息,该DMRS配置信息是让接收端知道其能使用的DMRS正交端口号,序列配置,复用方式等等,以进行正确的数据译码。In an implementation manner, different groups of DMRS configuration information can be configured for different maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported, and the group of DMRS configuration information includes multiple pieces of DMRS configuration information; for example, for the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported is 4. , the number of orthogonal ports is 6, the number of orthogonal ports is 8, and the number of orthogonal ports is 12 MIMO scenarios, configure the corresponding DMRS configuration information respectively, the DMRS configuration information is to let the receiver know the DMRS orthogonal ports it can use number, sequence configuration, multiplexing mode, etc. for correct data decoding.

另一种实现方式中,该DMRS配置信息针对不同的DMRS图样来配置的,一般来讲,一种DMRS图样就对应着一种支持最大可支持正交端口数或者最大可支持正交传输层数的MIMO场景,该DMRS图样示意出其支持多少个正交的正交端口组,每一个正交端口组由多少个资源单元组成,因此针对不同的DMRS图样配置不同的DMRS配置信息,也可以让接收端知道知道其能使用的DMRS正交端口号,序列配置,复用方式等等,以进行正确的数据译码。In another implementation manner, the DMRS configuration information is configured for different DMRS patterns. Generally speaking, one DMRS pattern corresponds to a type that supports the maximum number of supportable orthogonal ports or the maximum number of supportable orthogonal transmission layers. In the MIMO scenario, the DMRS pattern indicates how many orthogonal orthogonal port groups it supports, and how many resource units each orthogonal port group consists of. The receiving end knows the DMRS orthogonal port number, sequence configuration, multiplexing mode, etc. that it can use, so as to perform correct data decoding.

在第一方面的一种实现方式中,DMRS配置信息可以是由协议约定表格来呈现的,其具体实现形式可以是下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)表(table),多张DCI table至少含有一组不同的DMRS配置信息;一组DMRS配置信息里面包含多条DMRS配置信息,用一张表格呈现,本文中称作DMRS配置信息表。In an implementation manner of the first aspect, the DMRS configuration information may be presented by a protocol agreement table, and its specific implementation form may be a downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) table (table), and multiple DCI tables at least Contains a set of different DMRS configuration information; a set of DMRS configuration information contains multiple pieces of DMRS configuration information, which are presented in a table, which is referred to as a DMRS configuration information table herein.

与DMRS信息对应的DMRS传输方案是通过高层信令例如例如无线资源控制(radioresource control,RRC)信令发送的,当然也可以和场景对应的其他配置参数绑定,如频点,载波间隔、帧结构等。DMRS指示信息即可通过DCI信令或媒体接入控制控制单元(mediaaccess control control element,MAC CE)发送。The DMRS transmission scheme corresponding to the DMRS information is sent through high-level signaling such as radio resource control (RRC) signaling, and of course it can also be bound with other configuration parameters corresponding to the scene, such as frequency, carrier spacing, frame structure, etc. The DMRS indication information may be sent through DCI signaling or a media access control control element (media access control control element, MAC CE).

在具体实现中,每一张DMRS配置信息表对应不同的最大可支持正交端口(port)数,例如最大可支持正交端口数可以是{4、6、8、12}中的至少两种;In a specific implementation, each DMRS configuration information table corresponds to a different maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported. For example, the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported can be at least two of {4, 6, 8, and 12}. ;

在另一种实现方式中,每一张DMRS配置信息表可以对应不同的DMRS图样(pattern)或者DMRS配置类型(configuration type)。In another implementation manner, each DMRS configuration information table may correspond to a different DMRS pattern (pattern) or DMRS configuration type (configuration type).

在一种实现方式中,所述DMRS配置信息表中,依据按照正交端口组合进行分列设计,例如小于或等于4层传输层的正交端口组合,与大于4层传输层的正交端口组合分列设计;In an implementation manner, the DMRS configuration information table is designed according to the orthogonal port combination, for example, the orthogonal port combination of less than or equal to the 4-layer transmission layer, the Combined column design;

在一种实现方式中,所述DMRS配置信息以DMRS配置信息表的形式呈现的时候,可以依据码字数量(codeword number)进行划分,也可以不依据码字数量进行划分,而是依据总的最大可支持正交端口数或依据接收端的传输层数进行分列,具体的可以按照某种比例进行划分。In an implementation manner, when the DMRS configuration information is presented in the form of a DMRS configuration information table, it may be divided according to the number of codewords (codeword number), or may not be divided according to the number of codewords, but according to the total The maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported can be divided according to the number of transmission layers at the receiving end. Specifically, it can be divided according to a certain proportion.

所述DMRS配置信息表中还包括总正交端口数的指示信息,该指示信息可以指示实际可能出现的所有正交端口数,或者实际可能出现的所有正交端口数的量化值。所有正交端口数的量化值可以是DMRS正交层数信息,或者是DMRS天线正交端口集合指示信息,或者DMRS天线正交端口的CDM组信息,或者是依据CDM大小生成的信息。应理解的是,总正交端口数与总正交DMRS传输层数相同。所述DMRS天线正交端口的CDM组信息可以为CDM组个数或CDM组号或CDM组状态信息。The DMRS configuration information table also includes indication information of the total number of orthogonal ports, and the indication information may indicate the number of all orthogonal ports that may actually appear, or the quantized value of the number of all orthogonal ports that may actually appear. The quantized value of the number of all orthogonal ports may be DMRS orthogonal layer number information, or DMRS antenna orthogonal port set indication information, or CDM group information of DMRS antenna orthogonal ports, or information generated according to the CDM size. It should be understood that the total number of orthogonal ports is the same as the total number of orthogonal DMRS transmission layers. The CDM group information of the orthogonal port of the DMRS antenna may be the number of CDM groups or the CDM group number or CDM group status information.

需要说明的是,所述的多组DMRS配置信息可以用一张总的信息表来呈现,也即多个DMRS配置信息表可以是一张信息总表,该一张信息总表支持最大可支持正交端口数,多个DMRS配置信息表是该信息总表的子集,从该信息总表中选取子集可以依据最大可支持正交端口数或者DMRS图样或者是高层信令进行选择。It should be noted that the multiple groups of DMRS configuration information can be presented by a general information table, that is, the multiple DMRS configuration information tables can be a general information table, and this general information table supports the maximum supported The number of orthogonal ports. Multiple DMRS configuration information tables are subsets of the general information table. Selecting subsets from the general information table can be selected according to the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported, DMRS patterns, or high-layer signaling.

其中,DMRS配置信息中的所述DMRS天线正交端口的CDM组信息为CDM组状态信息或CDM组序号或CDM组编号或CDM组个数;一种实现方式中,所述CDM组个数为系统中被占用/调度(co-scheldued)的CDM组。Wherein, the CDM group information of the DMRS antenna orthogonal port in the DMRS configuration information is CDM group status information or CDM group serial number or CDM group number or CDM group number; in an implementation manner, the CDM group number is The CDM group that is co-scheldued in the system.

其中其中,DMRS配置信息中的所述DMRS配置信息中还包括DMRS的符号信息。The DMRS configuration information in the DMRS configuration information further includes symbol information of the DMRS.

其中,通过RRC信令配置所述DMRS配置信息可使用的范围,该可使用的范围是基于DMRS的符号信息或者DMRS最大符号个数来确定的。The usable range of the DMRS configuration information is configured through RRC signaling, and the usable range is determined based on the symbol information of the DMRS or the maximum number of symbols of the DMRS.

其中,所述DMRS配置信息可使用的范围与无线资源控制信令RRC中指示DMRS最大符号个数的参数绑定。Wherein, the usable range of the DMRS configuration information is bound with a parameter in the radio resource control signaling RRC indicating the maximum number of DMRS symbols.

其中所述DMRS最大符号个数不同时,进行DMRS端口调度的下行控制信信息DCI信令长度不同,或DCI比特个数不同,或DCI域不同。When the maximum number of DMRS symbols is different, the length of downlink control information DCI signaling for DMRS port scheduling is different, or the number of DCI bits is different, or the DCI field is different.

其中,利用所述DMRS配置信息进行单用户SU调度时,在2个CDM组内先进行FDM调度在NR系统的MIMO场景下,其能支持的CDM复用的正交端口与LTE中不同,最大能够支持到12个正交端口。终端通常需要知道被共同调度的其他终端的端口信息,从而获得哪些RE位置被其他终端的所使用端口的DMRS占用,不会传输自己的数据。如果终端不能获得这些信息,终端会将其他用户的DMRS当作自己的数据进行解调,从而导致译码错误。如何使终端知道哪些端口的DMRS被占用,需要一种有效的DMRS速率匹配指示方式,为了解决这一技术问题,本申请提供一种解调参考信号指示方法和接收方法,包括:Wherein, when single-user SU scheduling is performed by using the DMRS configuration information, FDM scheduling is performed first in two CDM groups. Can support up to 12 orthogonal ports. A terminal usually needs to know the port information of other terminals that are co-scheduled, so as to obtain which RE positions are occupied by the DMRS of the ports used by other terminals, and will not transmit its own data. If the terminal cannot obtain the information, the terminal will demodulate the DMRS of other users as its own data, resulting in a decoding error. How to make the terminal know which DMRS of ports are occupied requires an effective DMRS rate matching indication method. In order to solve this technical problem, the present application provides a demodulation reference signal indication method and receiving method, including:

发射端生成解调参考信号DMRS指示信息;所述DMRS指示信息用于指示可用于承载DMRS的资源中未被DMRS占用的资源;发射端向接收端发送所述DMRS指示信息;接收端根据所述DMRS指示信息,在未被DMRS占用的资源上进行数据解调。具体的,接收端需要通过下行控制信息或媒体接入控制控制单元接收所述DMRS指示信息The transmitting end generates demodulation reference signal DMRS indication information; the DMRS indication information is used to indicate resources that are not occupied by DMRS in the resources that can be used to bear DMRS; the transmitting end sends the DMRS indication information to the receiving end; DMRS indication information, data demodulation is performed on resources not occupied by DMRS. Specifically, the receiving end needs to receive the DMRS indication information through the downlink control information or the medium access control control unit

接收端根据接收到的DMRS指示信息,获得量化的当前正交传输层数,或当前已被使用端口组状态组合,或当前非本接收端使用的正交传输层数或端口组状态,或需被静默的资源单元,以获得可用于承载DMRS的资源中未被DMRS占用的资源。According to the received DMRS indication information, the receiving end obtains the quantized current number of orthogonal transmission layers, or the currently used port group state combination, or the current number of orthogonal transmission layers or port group states not used by the receiving end, or needs to be The muted resource elements are used to obtain resources that are not occupied by the DMRS among the resources that can be used to bear the DMRS.

一种实现方式中,接收端在接收DMRS指示信息之前,还接收指示所述当前DMRS传输方案的DMRS传输方案指示信息;不同的DMRS传输方案对应的最大可支持正交端口数不同,或对应的DMRS图样或对应的DMRS配置类型不同。In an implementation manner, before receiving the DMRS indication information, the receiving end also receives the DMRS transmission scheme indication information indicating the current DMRS transmission scheme; the maximum number of supported orthogonal ports corresponding to different DMRS transmission schemes is different, or the corresponding DMRS patterns or corresponding DMRS configuration types are different.

应理解的是,DMRS传输方案是通过DMRS图样或DMRS配置类型或最大可支持正交端口数来体现的。It should be understood that the DMRS transmission scheme is embodied by the DMRS pattern or DMRS configuration type or the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported.

需要说明的是,这里的最大可支持的正交端口数为发射端在当前帧内能够调度的最大正交端口数,比如可以使用12port的DMRS pattern,但是当前的最大端口调度数仅为4,最大可支持的正交端口数与基站调度有关,小于等于DMRS pattern所支持的最大正交端口数。It should be noted that the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported here is the maximum number of orthogonal ports that the transmitter can schedule in the current frame. For example, a 12-port DMRS pattern can be used, but the current maximum number of scheduled ports is only 4. The maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported is related to base station scheduling, and is less than or equal to the maximum number of orthogonal ports supported by the DMRS pattern.

例如,对于最大可支持的正交端口数为4、6、8、12的MU-MIMO场景,或者对于非正交端口数为8,12,16,24的场景(2个扰码的场景),也即根据不同的最大可支持正交端口数,分别配置对应的DMRS指示信息,该指示信息是让接收端知道,时频资源内,哪些资源单元被其他用户的DMRS占用,没有自己的数据,接收端在数据解调的时候就可以避开这些资源单元,以进行正确的数据译码。For example, for MU-MIMO scenarios where the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported is 4, 6, 8, and 12, or for scenarios where the number of non-orthogonal ports is 8, 12, 16, and 24 (scenario with 2 scrambling codes) , that is, according to the different maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported, the corresponding DMRS indication information is configured respectively. The indication information is to let the receiving end know which resource units in the time-frequency resources are occupied by the DMRS of other users and do not have their own data. , the receiving end can avoid these resource units during data demodulation, so as to perform correct data decoding.

另一种实现方式中,该DMRS指示信息针对不同的DMRS图样来配置的,也可以对应于DMRS图样中DMRS端口组的个数进行配置(比如可以有两张表格分别对应DMRS图样中含有2个或者3个DMRS端口组。)。In another implementation manner, the DMRS indication information is configured for different DMRS patterns, and may also be configured corresponding to the number of DMRS port groups in the DMRS pattern (for example, there may be two tables corresponding to the DMRS patterns containing two or 3 DMRS port groups.).

一般来讲,一种DMRS图样就对应着一种支持最大可支持正交端口数的MU-MIMO场景,该DMRS图样示意出其支持多少个正交的CDM端口组,每一个端口组由多少个资源单元组成,因此针对不同的DMRS图样配置不同的指示信息。Generally speaking, a DMRS pattern corresponds to a MU-MIMO scenario that supports the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported. The DMRS pattern indicates how many orthogonal CDM port groups it supports, and how many port groups each It is composed of resource units, so different indication information is configured for different DMRS patterns.

再一种实现方式中,指示信息还可以针对DMRS配置类型(congfigration type)来进行配置。In another implementation manner, the indication information may also be configured for a DMRS configuration type (configration type).

以上方式,都可以让接收端知道,在时频资源内,哪些资源单元被其他用户的DMRS占用,接收端便可以正确的进行数据解调。All of the above methods can let the receiving end know which resource units are occupied by the DMRS of other users in the time-frequency resources, so that the receiving end can correctly perform data demodulation.

一种实现方式中,接收端需要接收以信令的方式发送的所述DMRS指示信息与可用于承载DMRS的资源中未被DMRS占用的资源之间的对应关系。这里所说的信令通常是高层信令,例如RRC信令。In an implementation manner, the receiving end needs to receive the correspondence between the DMRS indication information sent in a signaling manner and the resources that are not occupied by the DMRS among the resources that can be used to bear the DMRS. The signaling mentioned here is usually higher layer signaling, such as RRC signaling.

另一种实现方式中,本接收端还存储有DMRS配置信息,也即,DMRS指示信息与可用于承载DMRS的资源中未被DMRS占用的资源之间的对应关系在本地存储的DMRS配置信息中可以查找到。In another implementation manner, the local receiving end also stores DMRS configuration information, that is, the corresponding relationship between the DMRS indication information and the resources that can be used to bear DMRS that are not occupied by DMRS is in the locally stored DMRS configuration information. can be found.

本申请实施例中的DMRS配置信息还包括总正交端口数的指示信息,该总正交端口数的指示信息可以指示实际可能出现的所有正交端口数,或者实际可能出现的所有正交端口数的量化值。所述所有正交端口数的量化值是DMRS正交层数信息,或者是DMRS天线正交端口集合指示信息,或者DMRS天线正交端口的CDM组信息,或者是依据CDM大小生成的信息。所述DMRS天线正交端口的CDM组信息为CDM组个数或CDM组号或CDM组状态信息。The DMRS configuration information in this embodiment of the present application further includes indication information of the total number of orthogonal ports, and the indication information of the total number of orthogonal ports may indicate the number of all orthogonal ports that may actually appear, or the number of all orthogonal ports that may actually appear. The quantized value of the number. The quantized value of the number of all orthogonal ports is DMRS orthogonal layer number information, or DMRS antenna orthogonal port set indication information, or CDM group information of DMRS antenna orthogonal ports, or information generated according to the CDM size. The CDM group information of the orthogonal port of the DMRS antenna is the number of CDM groups or the CDM group number or CDM group status information.

其中,所述DMRS正交层数信息中,所述的DMRS正交层数是一个CDM组中的DMRS天线端口数量的整数倍;或者是一个CDM组中序号连续的DMRS天线端口数量的整数倍;或者是一个CDM组中的DMRS天线端口的序号的值。在具体的实现中,DMRS层数信息可以是分档量化的DMRS层数信息。所述分档量化的DMRS层数信息中,DMRS层数可以是一个CDM组中的DMRS天线端口数量的整数倍。比如,对于一个含有两个DMRS天线端口组的DMRS图样,假设端口组1包含DMRS端口{1,2,3,4},端口组2包含DMRS端口{5,6,7,8},则可以量化为4层与8层。此外,所述DMRS层数信息中,DMRS层数还可以是一个CDM组中的从小到大排序时序号连续的DMRS天线端口数量的整数倍,比如,对于CDM组{1,2,5,7}和{3,4,6,8},可以量化为2层与4层。这些信息,都可以让接收端识别出哪些资源单元是被本接收端的DMRS占用,哪些资源单元是被CDM复用的其他接收端的DMRS占用,剩下的资源单元便是用于与本接收端相关的数据传输,因此,本接收端在相应的资源单元上进行数据解调。Wherein, in the DMRS orthogonal layer number information, the DMRS orthogonal layer number is an integer multiple of the number of DMRS antenna ports in a CDM group; or an integer multiple of the number of DMRS antenna ports with consecutive serial numbers in a CDM group ; or the value of the serial number of the DMRS antenna port in a CDM group. In a specific implementation, the DMRS layer number information may be binned and quantized DMRS layer number information. In the binned quantized DMRS layer number information, the DMRS layer number may be an integer multiple of the number of DMRS antenna ports in a CDM group. For example, for a DMRS pattern with two DMRS antenna port groups, assuming that port group 1 includes DMRS ports {1, 2, 3, 4}, and port group 2 includes DMRS ports {5, 6, 7, 8}, you can Quantization is 4 layers and 8 layers. In addition, in the information on the number of DMRS layers, the number of DMRS layers may also be an integer multiple of the number of consecutive DMRS antenna ports in a CDM group in order from small to large, for example, for a CDM group {1, 2, 5, 7 } and {3, 4, 6, 8}, which can be quantized into 2 and 4 layers. All these information allow the receiving end to identify which resource units are occupied by the DMRS of the receiving end, and which resource units are occupied by the DMRS of other receiving ends that are multiplexed by CDM, and the remaining resource units are used for the receiving end. Therefore, the receiving end performs data demodulation on the corresponding resource unit.

之所以用正交传输层数的量化值,是因为如果要指示接收端具体的传输层数,例如如需分别指示传输层数{1,2,3,4},需要2个bits来进行指示,而将传输层数{1,2,3,4}进行量化,例如向上量化成传输层数4,或者向下量化成传输层数1,或者用2或3来表示该组传输层数{1,2,3,4},则指示传输层数的量化值只需要一个bit就可以指示了,例如用0表示传输层数的量化值4,因此可以减少指示开销。The reason why the quantized value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers is used is because if you want to indicate the specific number of transmission layers at the receiving end, for example, if you want to indicate the number of transmission layers {1, 2, 3, 4}, 2 bits are needed to indicate , and quantize the number of transmission layers {1, 2, 3, 4}, for example, quantize up to the number of transmission layers of 4, or down quantize to the number of transmission layers of 1, or use 2 or 3 to represent the number of transmission layers in the group { 1, 2, 3, 4}, the quantization value indicating the number of transmission layers only needs one bit to indicate, for example, 0 is used to indicate the quantization value of the number of transmission layers 4, so the indication overhead can be reduced.

基于上述原理,本申请实施例DMRS指示信息可以指示正交传输层数的量化值,一种方式是隐性指示,另一种方式是显性的方式进行指示。Based on the above-mentioned principle, the DMRS indication information in this embodiment of the present application may indicate the quantization value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers. One way is implicit indication, and the other way is explicit indication.

隐性指示方案中,上述正交传输层数的量化值配置在DMRS配置信息表中,而指示信息采用DMRS配置信息表中的DMRS指示信息(value)来进行指示;该DMRS配置信息表可以与LTE中的类似,例如,LTE中的天线端口数(Antenna ports),扰码指示(scramblingidentity)和传输层数指示(number of layers indication),它还可以包含DMRS端口数、端口索引、序列生成信息、CDM类型中的至少一种,在此基础上,添加传输层数的量化值。该DMRS配置信息表可以同时保存在发射端和接收端上,发射端向接收端发送指示信息,应理解的是,发射端向接收端是通过发送LTE中原有的DCI信令(由于沿用LTE的信令,该DCI信令可能不会命名为指示信息,但是其可以指示速率匹配方案),接收端通过该信令同时获得自己的端口信息与系统的量化总传输层数,结合该两个信息,计算出其他接收端使用的端口。也即,接收端识别出哪些资源单元是被用于本接收端的DMRS传输,哪些资源单元是用于CDM复用的其他接收端的DMRS传输,剩下的资源单元便是用于与本接收端相关的数据传输,因此,本接收端在相应的资源单元上进行数据解调。In the implicit indication scheme, the quantization value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers is configured in the DMRS configuration information table, and the indication information is indicated by the DMRS indication information (value) in the DMRS configuration information table; the DMRS configuration information table can be used with Similar in LTE, for example, the number of antenna ports (Antenna ports), the scrambling code indication (scrambling identity) and the number of layers indication (number of layers indication) in LTE, it may also include the DMRS port number, port index, sequence generation information , at least one of the CDM types, and on this basis, add the quantization value of the number of transmission layers. The DMRS configuration information table can be stored on the transmitter and the receiver at the same time, and the transmitter sends the indication information to the receiver. It should be understood that the transmitter sends the original DCI signaling in LTE to the receiver (due to the use of LTE's original DCI signaling). Signaling, the DCI signaling may not be named as indication information, but it can indicate the rate matching scheme), the receiving end obtains its own port information and the total number of quantized transmission layers of the system through this signaling, and combines the two information , calculate the ports used by other receivers. That is, the receiving end identifies which resource units are used for the DMRS transmission of the receiving end, which resource units are used for the DMRS transmission of other receiving ends of CDM multiplexing, and the remaining resource units are used for the receiving end. Therefore, the receiving end performs data demodulation on the corresponding resource unit.

在显性信令指示方案中,上述的指示信息和正交传输层数的量化值的对应关系通过独立于LTE中的DMRS配置信息表而存在,也即指示信息和传输层数的量化值之间的对应关系没有隐含在DMRS配置信息表中,因此发射端和接收端除了分别保存有DMRS配置信息表之外,还分别保存指示信息和传输层数的量化值的对应关系配置表(或者该信息表可以通过RRC进行配置),该对应关系配置表独立于DMRS配置信息表而存在,发射端通过显性信令的方式,将速率配置指示信息发送给接收端,接收端将该指示信息作为索引,在对应关系配置表中查找对应的传输层数的量化值,接收端将该传输层数的量化值与所述DMRS配置信息表相结合,识别出哪些资源单元是被用于被本接收端的DMRS占用,哪些资源单元是被CDM复用的其他接收端的DMRS占用,剩下的资源单元便是用于与本接收端相关的数据传输,因此,本接收端在相应的资源单元上进行数据解调。In the explicit signaling indication scheme, the above-mentioned correspondence between the indication information and the quantized value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers exists independently of the DMRS configuration information table in LTE, that is, the difference between the indication information and the quantized value of the number of transmission layers exists. The corresponding relationship between them is not implied in the DMRS configuration information table, so the transmitter and the receiver not only save the DMRS configuration information table, but also save the corresponding relationship configuration table of the quantization value of the indication information and the number of transmission layers (or The information table can be configured through RRC), the corresponding relationship configuration table exists independently of the DMRS configuration information table, the transmitting end sends the rate configuration indication information to the receiving end through explicit signaling, and the receiving end uses the indication information. As an index, look up the quantized value of the corresponding number of transmission layers in the corresponding relationship configuration table, and the receiving end combines the quantized value of the number of transmission layers with the DMRS configuration information table to identify which resource units are used by the local The DMRS of the receiver is occupied, which resource units are occupied by the DMRS of other receivers that are multiplexed by CDM, and the remaining resource units are used for data transmission related to the receiver. Data demodulation.

需要说明的是,相同值的指示信息可以对应不同的传输层数的量化值,因此指示信息与传输层数的量化值之间的对应关系还可以通过单独的信令进行指示。It should be noted that the indication information of the same value may correspond to quantized values of different numbers of transmission layers, so the correspondence between the indication information and the quantized values of the number of transmission layers may also be indicated by separate signaling.

应理解的是,对于显性指示方案,量化的传输层数就是通过指示信息指示的,接收端会收到两个信令,一个是LTE中的DMRS DCI信令,一个是用来传输当前量化传输层数的指示信息(本文中又可以称为rate matching信令)。It should be understood that, for the explicit indication scheme, the number of quantized transmission layers is indicated by the indication information, and the receiving end will receive two signalings, one is the DMRS DCI signaling in LTE, and the other is used to transmit the current quantization. Indication information of the number of transmission layers (also referred to as rate matching signaling herein).

可以理解的是,无论是隐性指示还是显性指示的方案中,上述的DMRS指示信息发送到接收端的时候,可以是以独立信令的方式发送,也可以是携带在下行信令中发送,例如下行控制信息DCI中发送,在此不作限定。It can be understood that, in either the implicit indication or the explicit indication scheme, when the above-mentioned DMRS indication information is sent to the receiving end, it can be sent in the form of independent signaling, or it can be carried in downlink signaling and sent. For example, it is sent in the downlink control information DCI, which is not limited here.

在一种实现方式中,所述DMRS指示信息由码字(codeword)的个数确定是否发送。例如,如1个codeword则触发信令以发送DMRS指示信息,2个codeword则不发送该信令,原因在于,1个codeword时候有SU和MU的场景,但是2个codeword一定是SU场景,在2个codeword对应的SU-MIMO(single user multiple-input multiple-output,SU-MIMO)场景下,发射端,例如基站仅与一个接收端(终端)进行通信,时频资源内仅传输该终端的信息(RS、控制信令、数据等)。此时,终端可以根据自己的信息(如自己的端口、层数等信息)直接得知自己的DMRS的RE位置,在数据译码时避开这些RE。因此在SU时候并不存在DMRS的rate matching问题。In an implementation manner, whether to send the DMRS indication information is determined by the number of codewords (codewords). For example, if one codeword triggers signaling to send DMRS indication information, and two codewords do not send the signaling, the reason is that there are SU and MU scenarios for one codeword, but two codewords must be SU scenarios. In a SU-MIMO (single user multiple-input multiple-output, SU-MIMO) scenario corresponding to two codewords, the transmitter, such as the base station, communicates with only one receiver (terminal), and only the terminal's data is transmitted in the time-frequency resources. Information (RS, control signaling, data, etc.). At this time, the terminal can directly know the RE positions of its own DMRS according to its own information (such as its own port, number of layers, etc.), and avoid these REs during data decoding. Therefore, there is no rate matching problem of DMRS in SU.

本申请实施例的第二方面,还提供了一种DMRS速率匹配指示和接收方法,其包括:A second aspect of the embodiments of the present application further provides a DMRS rate matching indication and receiving method, which includes:

使用2PDCCH场景下的non-QCL组的2个TRP,每个TRP静默非自己使用的QCL组的DMRS对应的资源单元后进行数据传输,其中一个TRP可以有一个或者多个QCL组的DMRS;这种行为可以为默认操作;Using 2 TRPs of the non-QCL group in the 2PDCCH scenario, each TRP mutes the resource unit corresponding to the DMRS of the QCL group that it does not use for data transmission, and one TRP can have one or more DMRS of the QCL group; this This behavior can be the default action;

在1PDCCH场景中,则需要发射端向接收端发送DMRS指示信息,该DMRS指示信息指示本发射端使用的一个或多个QCL组内的DMRS对应的资源单元。In a 1PDCCH scenario, the transmitter needs to send DMRS indication information to the receiver, where the DMRS indication information indicates resource elements corresponding to DMRSs in one or more QCL groups used by the transmitter.

2PDCCH场景或1PDCCH场景下,发射端通知接收端也有两种方式:In the 2PDCCH scenario or the 1PDCCH scenario, there are two ways for the transmitter to notify the receiver:

第一种,发射端给接收端发送DMRS指示信息,在2PDCCH场景下,DMRS指示信息指示该TRP的可使用的DMRS端口内的当前量化的传输层数,或者在1PDCCH场景下,当前系统中协作的TRP可以使用的总层数。First, the transmitter sends DMRS indication information to the receiver. In the 2PDCCH scenario, the DMRS indication information indicates the current quantized number of transmission layers in the available DMRS ports of the TRP, or in the 1PDCCH scenario, the current system cooperates The total number of layers that TRP can use.

第二种,在2PDCCH场景下,对于不同的DMRS图样,接收端可以使用DMRS图样对应的包含有DMRS指示信息的DMRS配置信息表,进行速率匹配,需要注意的是,这里的DMRS图样是指该TRP可使用的QCL组内的DMRS端口所构成的DMRS图样。或者1PDCCH场景下,协作的TRP可以使用的多个QCL组DMRS端口所构成的DMRS图样。Second, in the 2PDCCH scenario, for different DMRS patterns, the receiving end can use the DMRS configuration information table corresponding to the DMRS pattern that contains the DMRS indication information to perform rate matching. It should be noted that the DMRS pattern here refers to the The DMRS pattern formed by the DMRS ports in the QCL group that can be used by the TRP. Or in a 1PDCCH scenario, a DMRS pattern formed by multiple QCL groups of DMRS ports that can be used by the coordinated TRP.

需要说明的是,所述的多个DMRS配置信息表还可以是一张信息总表,该一张信息总表支持最大端口数,多个DMRS配置信息表是该信息总表的子集,从该信息总表中选取子集可以依据最大可支持端口数或者DMRS图样或者是高层信令进行选择。It should be noted that, the multiple DMRS configuration information tables can also be an information summary table, the information summary table supports the maximum number of ports, and the multiple DMRS configuration information tables are subsets of the information summary table, from The selected subsets in the general information table may be selected according to the maximum number of supported ports or the DMRS pattern or high-layer signaling.

在DMRS指示信息指示的是所述DMRS天线端口集合信息这种实现方式中,所述DMRS天线端口集合信息是指根据当前系统所调度的实际DMRS层数,指示被占用的DMRS天线端口组状态,比如端口组1为{1,2,3,4},端口组2为{5,6,7,8},假设基站按照DMRS端口号从小到大顺序调度,当调度层数为4层时,指示端口组1被占用,当大于4层时,指示端口组1和2被占用。这里仅给出例子,具体的端口号分组和基站调度不作限定。In the implementation manner that the DMRS indication information indicates the DMRS antenna port set information, the DMRS antenna port set information refers to the status of the occupied DMRS antenna port group according to the actual number of DMRS layers scheduled by the current system, For example, port group 1 is {1, 2, 3, 4}, and port group 2 is {5, 6, 7, 8}. Assuming that the base station schedules the DMRS port numbers in ascending order, when the number of scheduling layers is 4, Indicates that port group 1 is occupied. When it is greater than 4 layers, it indicates that port groups 1 and 2 are occupied. Only an example is given here, and specific port number grouping and base station scheduling are not limited.

在DMRS指示信息指示的是所述的DMRS天线端口的码分复用CDM组信息这种实现方式中,码分复用CDM组信息包括非所述接收端自身使用的DMRS天线端口的CDM端口组信息,或接收端自身使用的DMRS天线端口组信息和非所述接收端自身使用的DMRS天线端口组信息之和。In an implementation manner in which the DMRS indication information indicates the code division multiplexing CDM group information of the DMRS antenna port, the code division multiplexing CDM group information includes the CDM port group of the DMRS antenna port not used by the receiving end itself information, or the sum of the DMRS antenna port group information used by the receiving end itself and the DMRS antenna port group information not used by the receiving end itself.

其中,非自身使用的DMRS CDM端口组信息,可以包括以下状态的至少一种:The DMRS CDM port group information not used by itself may include at least one of the following states:

1、所有DMRS RE位置可以传输数据(SU);1. All DMRS RE locations can transmit data (SU);

2、所有DMRS RE位置被占用(MU),此种情况包括接收端使用1(或2个)DMRS端口CDM组,且另外2个(或1个)被占用,或者接收端使用2个DMRS端口CDM组,且另外1个被占用。2. All DMRS RE positions are occupied (MU). This situation includes that the receiver uses 1 (or 2) DMRS port CDM groups, and the other 2 (or 1) are occupied, or the receiver uses 2 DMRS ports CDM group, and the other 1 is occupied.

3、Mute非接收端自身的2个端口组中较大的一个(MU,UE使用1个端口组);3. The larger one of the two port groups of the non-receiving end of the Mute (MU, UE uses one port group);

4、Mute非接收端自身的2个端口组中较小的一个(MU,UE使用1个端口组);4. The smaller one of the two port groups of the non-receiving end of the Mute (MU and UE use one port group);

应理解的是,“较大、较小”:可以定义为2个CDM端口组内最大或最小的端口号之间的比较(即利用非UE自身DMRS端口组的相对关系)It should be understood that "larger, smaller": can be defined as the comparison between the largest or smallest port numbers in the 2 CDM port groups (that is, using the relative relationship of non-UE's own DMRS port groups)

具体实施中,对于状态3和4,也可以不存在“较大、较小”的比较过程,比如可以为端口组内包含的端口号,或者为端口组的编号。In specific implementation, for states 3 and 4, there may not be a "larger, smaller" comparison process, for example, it may be the port number included in the port group, or the number of the port group.

非自身使用的DMRS CDM端口组信息可以与DMRS类型绑定(DMRS configuration/Type 1/A or 2/B),或者与pattern包含的CDM组个数绑定(2个或者3个)。The DMRS CDM port group information not used by itself can be bound with the DMRS type (DMRS configuration/Type 1/A or 2/B), or with the number of CDM groups included in the pattern (2 or 3).

这种指示非接收端自身使用的DMRS端口组状态的方式可以进一步减少指令开销,并且这种方式还可以支持多种场景,通用性较好。例如,可以直接支持1PDCCH NC-JT,dynamic TDD;2PDCCH NC-JT,对于现有的指令的改动较少。This way of indicating the state of the DMRS port group used by the non-receiving end can further reduce the instruction overhead, and this way can also support multiple scenarios, and has good versatility. For example, it can directly support 1PDCCH NC-JT, dynamic TDD; 2PDCCH NC-JT, with less changes to existing instructions.

另一方面,本申请实施例提供了发射端,该发射端包括:On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a transmitter, and the transmitter includes:

处理器,发射端从多组解调参考信号DMRS配置信息中确定与当前DMRS传输方案对应的DMRS配置信息,并根据DMRS配置信息得到DMRS指示信息;所述每组DMRS配置信息包含多条DMRS配置信息;收发器,发送所述DMRS指示信息。The processor, the transmitting end determines the DMRS configuration information corresponding to the current DMRS transmission scheme from the multiple groups of demodulation reference signal DMRS configuration information, and obtains the DMRS indication information according to the DMRS configuration information; each group of DMRS configuration information includes multiple DMRS configurations information; a transceiver to send the DMRS indication information.

另一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种发射端,包括:On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a transmitter, including:

处理器,生成解调参考信号DMRS指示信息;所述DMRS指示信息与最大可支持端口数或DMRS图样对应,或DMRS配置类型对应;a processor that generates demodulation reference signal DMRS indication information; the DMRS indication information corresponds to the maximum number of supported ports or a DMRS pattern, or a DMRS configuration type;

收发器,发送所述DMRS指示信息。A transceiver, for sending the DMRS indication information.

另一方面,本申请提供了一种接收端,包括:On the other hand, the present application provides a receiving end, including:

收发器,接收发射端发送的解调参考信号DMRS指示信息;所述DMRS指示信息是发射端根据DMRS配置信息得到的,所述DMRS配置信息是发射端根据当前DMRS传输方案从多组解调参考信号DMRS配置信息中确定的;所述每组DMRS配置信息包含多条DMRS配置信息;The transceiver receives the demodulation reference signal DMRS indication information sent by the transmitter; the DMRS indication information is obtained by the transmitter according to the DMRS configuration information, and the DMRS configuration information is obtained by the transmitter according to the current DMRS transmission scheme from multiple groups of demodulation reference information Determined in the signal DMRS configuration information; each group of DMRS configuration information includes multiple pieces of DMRS configuration information;

处理器,根据收发器接收的所述DMRS指示信息,得到DMRS配置信息并辅助解调数据。The processor obtains DMRS configuration information and assists in demodulating data according to the DMRS indication information received by the transceiver.

再一方面,本申请提供了另一种发射端,包括:In another aspect, the present application provides another transmitter, including:

处理器,生成解调参考信号DMRS指示信息;所述DMRS指示信息用于指示可用于承载DMRS的资源中未被DMRS占用的资源;a processor that generates demodulation reference signal DMRS indication information; the DMRS indication information is used to indicate resources that are not occupied by the DMRS in the resources that can be used to bear the DMRS;

收发器,发送所述DMRS指示信息。A transceiver, for sending the DMRS indication information.

再一方面,本申请提供了另一种接收端,包括:On the other hand, the present application provides another receiving end, including:

收发器,用于接收解调参考信号DMRS指示信息;所述DMRS指示信息用于指示可用于承载DMRS的资源中未被DMRS占用的资源;a transceiver, configured to receive demodulation reference signal DMRS indication information; the DMRS indication information is used to indicate resources that are not occupied by DMRS in the resources that can be used to bear the DMRS;

处理器,用于根据所述DMRS指示信息,在未被DMRS占用的资源上进行数据解调。The processor is configured to perform data demodulation on resources not occupied by the DMRS according to the DMRS indication information.

应用于上行传输场景时,上述装置可以是终端;应用于下行传输场景时,该装置可以是网络设备,该网络侧设备可以是一种基站,也可以是一种控制节点。When applied to an uplink transmission scenario, the above apparatus may be a terminal; when applied to a downlink transmission scenario, the apparatus may be a network device, and the network side device may be a base station or a control node.

这种网络侧设备可以包括作为对传统无线电信系统中的对等设备的改进的系统和设备。这种高级或下一代设备可以包含在演进无线通信标准(例如长期演进(LTE))中。Such network-side devices may include systems and devices that are improvements to peer-to-peer devices in conventional wireless telecommunication systems. Such advanced or next generation equipment may be included in evolving wireless communication standards such as Long Term Evolution (LTE).

另一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种基站,该基站具有实现上述方法实际中基站行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a base station, and the base station has a function of implementing the actual base station behavior in the foregoing method. The functions can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.

在一个可能的设计中,基站的结构中包括处理器和收发器,所述处理器被配置为支持基站执行上述方法中相应的功能。所述收发器用于支持基站与终端之间的通信,向终端发送上述方法中所涉及的信息或者信令,接收基站所发送的信息或指令。所述基站还可以包括存储器,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合,其保存基站必要的程序指令和数据。In a possible design, the structure of the base station includes a processor and a transceiver, and the processor is configured to support the base station to perform the corresponding functions in the above method. The transceiver is used for supporting communication between the base station and the terminal, sending information or signaling involved in the above method to the terminal, and receiving information or instructions sent by the base station. The base station may also include a memory coupled to the processor that holds program instructions and data necessary for the base station.

应用于上行传输场景时,该装置可以是网络设备;应用于下行传输场景时,该装置是终端,该终端具有实现上述方法设计中终端行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,终端的结构中包括收发器和处理器。也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。所述模块可以是软件和/或硬件。When applied to an uplink transmission scenario, the apparatus may be a network device; when applied to a downlink transmission scenario, the apparatus is a terminal, and the terminal has the function of implementing the terminal behavior in the above method design. The functions can be implemented by hardware, and the structure of the terminal includes a transceiver and a processor. The corresponding software implementation can also be executed by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. The modules may be software and/or hardware.

再一方面,本申请实施例还提供一种处理装置,包括处理器和接口;In yet another aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface;

所述处理器为前述发射端或接收端中处理器;The processor is the processor in the aforementioned transmitter or receiver;

所述处理装置可以是一个芯片,所述处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现,当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等;当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现,改存储器可以集成在处理器中,可以位于所述处理器之外,独立存在。The processing device may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by hardware or software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, The processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in a memory, and the memory may be integrated in the processor, or be located outside the processor and exist independently.

又一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,该系统包括上述方面所述的基站和终端。可选地,还可以包括上述实施例中的控制节点。In another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, where the system includes the base station and the terminal described in the foregoing aspects. Optionally, the control node in the above embodiment may also be included.

再一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,用于储存为上述基站所用的计算机软件指令,其包含用于执行上述方面所设计的程序。In another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the above-mentioned base station, which includes a program designed to execute the above-mentioned aspects.

再一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,用于储存为上述终端所用的计算机软件指令,其包含用于执行上述方面所设计的程序。In another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the above-mentioned terminal, including the program designed for executing the above-mentioned aspects.

实施本申请提供的发送解调参考信号的方法和装置,以及获取解调参考信号的方法和装置,通过多个DMRS配置信息与NR的多种场景进行匹配,可以满足更高层数据传输的需求,并且该多个信息表支持切换,可以进一步降低指示开销。Implementing the method and device for sending a demodulation reference signal provided by the present application, and the method and device for obtaining a demodulation reference signal, can meet the requirements of higher layer data transmission by matching multiple DMRS configuration information with various scenarios of NR, And the multiple information tables support handover, which can further reduce the indication overhead.

本发明实施例的第一方面,提供一种数据发送方法,所述方法用于通过多个解调参考信号DMRS端口向一个接收端设备发送多个数据流,其中所述多个DMRS端口分属至少两个端口组,每个端口组中的各个DMRS端口之间满足准共址QCL关系,每个端口组中的任一DMRS端口与任一其他端口组中的任一DMRS端口满足非准共址Non-QCL关系;所述多个DMRS端口被分配给至少两个发射端设备,每一发射端设备分配到的DMRS端口属于同一个端口组,所述方法包括:A first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a data sending method, the method is used for sending multiple data streams to a receiving end device through multiple demodulation reference signal DMRS ports, wherein the multiple DMRS ports belong to At least two port groups, each DMRS port in each port group satisfies a quasi-co-located QCL relationship, and any DMRS port in each port group and any DMRS port in any other port group satisfies non-quasi-co-location. address Non-QCL relationship; the multiple DMRS ports are assigned to at least two transmitter devices, and the DMRS ports assigned to each transmitter device belong to the same port group, and the method includes:

在一种可能的设计中,每一发射端设备将一个码字映射为该发射端设备分配到的DMRS端口对应的数据流;In a possible design, each transmitter device maps a codeword to a data stream corresponding to the DMRS port allocated by the transmitter device;

每一发射端设备将该发射端设备分配到的DMRS端口对应的数据流发送给所述接收端设备。Each transmitter device sends a data stream corresponding to the DMRS port allocated by the transmitter device to the receiver device.

在一种可能的设计中,所述至少两个发射端设备为同一发射端设备的至少两块天线面板,In a possible design, the at least two transmitter devices are at least two antenna panels of the same transmitter device,

每一发射端设备将一个码字映射为该发射端设备分配到的DMRS端口对应的数据流具体为,对于每一天线面板,所述同一发射端设备将一个码字映射为该天线面板分配到的DMRS端口对应的数据流;Each transmitting-end device maps a codeword to the data stream corresponding to the DMRS port allocated by the transmitting-end device. Specifically, for each antenna panel, the same transmitting-end device maps a codeword to the antenna panel allocated to the data stream. The data stream corresponding to the DMRS port;

每一发射端设备将该发射端设备分配到的DMRS端口对应的数据流发送给所述接收端设备具体为,每一天线面板将该天线面板分配到的DMRS端口对应的数据流发送给所述接收端设备。Each transmitting end device sends the data stream corresponding to the DMRS port allocated by the transmitting end device to the receiving end device. Specifically, each antenna panel sends the data stream corresponding to the DMRS port allocated by the antenna panel to the receiving end device. receiver device.

在一种可能的设计中,在所述每一发射端设备将一个码字映射为该发射端设备分配到的DMRS端口对应的数据流之前,所述方法还包括,所述至少两个发射端设备中的一个发射端设备向所述接收端设备发送一指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示为所述接收端设备分配的所述多个DMRS端口。In a possible design, before each transmitting end device maps a codeword to a data stream corresponding to the DMRS port allocated by the transmitting end device, the method further includes: the at least two transmitting ends A transmitter device in the devices sends indication information to the receiver device, where the indication information is used to indicate the plurality of DMRS ports allocated to the receiver device.

在一种可能的设计中,在所述每一发射端设备将一个码字映射为该发射端设备分配到的DMRS端口对应的数据流之前,所述方法还包括,所述同一发射端设备向所述接收端设备发送一指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示为所述接收端设备分配的所述多个DMRS端口。In a possible design, before each transmitting-end device maps a codeword to a data stream corresponding to the DMRS port allocated by the transmitting-end device, the method further includes: the same transmitting-end device sends a The receiving end device sends indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the plurality of DMRS ports allocated to the receiving end device.

在本发明实施例的各个方面和各种可能的设计中,所述多个数据流的数量(也就是所述多个DMRS端口的数量)小于等于4,但也可以不限于此。例如,本发明实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于数据流的数量小于等于4的场景,而不应用于数据流的数量大于4的场景。更进一步的说,在数据流的数量小于等于4的场景中,本发明实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于数据流的数量为3和/或4的场景(即所述多个数据流的数量为3和/或4),而不应用于所述多个数据流的数量为2的场景。当然本发明实施例提供的技术方案也可以不受上述场景的限制。In various aspects and various possible designs of the embodiments of the present invention, the number of the multiple data streams (that is, the number of the multiple DMRS ports) is less than or equal to 4, but may not be limited thereto. For example, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present invention can be applied to a scenario where the number of data streams is less than or equal to 4, but not to a scenario where the number of data streams is greater than 4. Furthermore, in a scenario where the number of data streams is less than or equal to 4, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present invention can be applied to scenarios where the number of data streams is 3 and/or 4 (that is, the number of the multiple data streams is is 3 and/or 4), and does not apply to the scenario where the number of the plurality of data streams is 2. Of course, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present invention may not be limited by the above scenarios.

根据本发明实施例的第二方面,提供一种数据接收方法,包括:According to a second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, a data receiving method is provided, including:

通过多个DMRS端口接收多个数据流,其中,所述多个DMRS端口分属至少两个端口组,每个端口组中的各个DMRS端口之间满足准共址QCL关系,每个端口组中的任一DMRS端口与任一其他端口组中的任一DMRS端口满足非准共址Non-QCL关系;Receive multiple data streams through multiple DMRS ports, wherein the multiple DMRS ports belong to at least two port groups, and each DMRS port in each port group satisfies a quasi-co-located QCL relationship. Any DMRS port and any DMRS port in any other port group satisfy the non-quasi-co-located Non-QCL relationship;

对于所述至少两个端口组中的每个端口组,接收端设备根据所述多个DMRS端口中处于该端口组中的DMRS端口所对应的数据流,恢复出一个码字。For each port group in the at least two port groups, the receiving end device recovers a codeword according to the data stream corresponding to the DMRS port in the port group among the multiple DMRS ports.

在一种可能的设计中,在接收所述多个数据流之前,所述方法还包括:In a possible design, before receiving the plurality of data streams, the method further includes:

接收一指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述多个DMRS端口。An indication information is received, where the indication information is used to indicate the multiple DMRS ports.

在一种可能的设计中,所述多个数据流的数量(也就是所述多个DMRS端口的数量)小于等于4,但也可以不限于此。例如,本发明实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于数据流的数量小于等于4的场景,而不应用于数据流的数量大于4的场景。更进一步的说,在数据流的数量小于等于4的场景中,本发明实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于数据流的数量为3和/或4的场景(即所述多个数据流的数量为3和/或4),而不应用于所述多个数据流的数量为2的场景。当然本发明实施例提供的技术方案也可以不受上述场景的限制。In a possible design, the number of the multiple data streams (that is, the number of the multiple DMRS ports) is less than or equal to 4, but it may not be limited thereto. For example, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present invention can be applied to a scenario where the number of data streams is less than or equal to 4, but not to a scenario where the number of data streams is greater than 4. Furthermore, in a scenario where the number of data streams is less than or equal to 4, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present invention can be applied to scenarios where the number of data streams is 3 and/or 4 (that is, the number of the multiple data streams is is 3 and/or 4), and does not apply to the scenario where the number of the plurality of data streams is 2. Of course, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present invention may not be limited by the above scenarios.

根据本发明实施例的第三方面,提供一种数据接收方法,包括:According to a third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, a data receiving method is provided, including:

通过多个DMRS端口接收多个数据流,其中,所述多个DMRS端口属于同一端口组,且该端口组中的各个DMRS端口之间满足准共址QCL关系;Receive multiple data streams through multiple DMRS ports, wherein the multiple DMRS ports belong to the same port group, and each DMRS port in the port group satisfies a quasi-co-located QCL relationship;

根据所述多个数据流,恢复出一个码字。From the plurality of data streams, a codeword is recovered.

在一种可能的设计中,在接收所述多个数据流之前,所述方法还包括:In a possible design, before receiving the plurality of data streams, the method further includes:

接收一指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述多个DMRS端口。An indication information is received, where the indication information is used to indicate the multiple DMRS ports.

在一种可能的设计中,所述多个数据流的数量小于等于4。In a possible design, the number of the plurality of data streams is less than or equal to four.

在上述各个方面和各种可能的设计中,所述指示信息为下行控制信息DCI。In the above aspects and various possible designs, the indication information is downlink control information DCI.

上述数据流又叫数据层。The above data flow is also called the data layer.

根据本发明实施例的第四方面,提供一种发射端设备,所述发射端设备用于与至少一个其他发射端设备,通过多个解调参考信号DMRS端口向一个接收端设备发送多个数据流,其中所述多个DMRS端口分属至少两个端口组,每个端口组中的各个DMRS端口之间满足准共址QCL关系,每个端口组中的任一DMRS端口与任一其他端口组中的任一DMRS端口满足非准共址Non-QCL关系;所述多个DMRS端口被分配给所述发射端设备和所述至少一个其他发射端设备,所述发射端设备和所述至少一个其他发射端设备中的每一发射端设备分配到的DMRS端口属于同一个端口组,所述发射端设备包括:According to a fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, a transmitter device is provided, and the transmitter device is configured to, together with at least one other transmitter device, send a plurality of data to a receiver device through a plurality of demodulation reference signal DMRS ports. flow, wherein the multiple DMRS ports belong to at least two port groups, each DMRS port in each port group satisfies a quasi-co-located QCL relationship, and any DMRS port in each port group and any other port Any DMRS port in the group satisfies a non-quasi-co-located Non-QCL relationship; the multiple DMRS ports are allocated to the transmitting end device and the at least one other transmitting end device, the transmitting end device and the at least one The DMRS port allocated to each transmitting end device in one other transmitting end device belongs to the same port group, and the transmitting end device includes:

映射模块,用于将一个码字映射为该发射端设备分配到的DMRS端口对应的数据流;a mapping module for mapping a codeword to a data stream corresponding to the DMRS port allocated by the transmitting end device;

发射模块,用于将该发射端设备分配到的DMRS端口对应的数据流发送给所述接收端设备。The transmitting module is configured to send the data stream corresponding to the DMRS port allocated by the transmitting end device to the receiving end device.

在一种可能的设计中,所述发射端设备和所述至少一个其他发射端设备为同一发射端设备的至少两块天线面板,In a possible design, the transmitter device and the at least one other transmitter device are at least two antenna panels of the same transmitter device,

所述映射模块设置于所述同一发射端设备内,且所述映射模块具体用于,对于每一天线面板,将一个码字映射为该天线面板分配到的DMRS端口对应的数据流;The mapping module is arranged in the same transmitter device, and the mapping module is specifically configured to, for each antenna panel, map a codeword to a data stream corresponding to the DMRS port allocated by the antenna panel;

所述发射模块设置于所述同一发射端设备内,且所述发射模块具体用于,每一天线面板将该天线面板分配到的DMRS端口对应的数据流发送给所述接收端设备。The transmitting module is arranged in the same transmitting end device, and the transmitting module is specifically used for each antenna panel to send the data stream corresponding to the DMRS port allocated by the antenna panel to the receiving end device.

在一种可能的设计中,所述发射模块还用于,向所述接收端设备发送一指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示为所述接收端设备分配的所述多个DMRS端口。In a possible design, the transmitting module is further configured to send indication information to the receiving end device, where the indication information is used to indicate the multiple DMRS ports allocated to the receiving end device.

在一种可能的设计中,所述多个数据流的数量小于等于4。In a possible design, the number of the plurality of data streams is less than or equal to four.

根据本发明实施例的第五方面,提供一种接收端设备,包括:According to a fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, a receiving end device is provided, including:

接收模块,用于通过多个DMRS端口接收多个数据流,其中,所述多个DMRS端口分属至少两个端口组,每个端口组中的各个DMRS端口之间满足准共址QCL关系,每个端口组中的任一DMRS端口与任一其他端口组中的任一DMRS端口满足非准共址Non-QCL关系;a receiving module, configured to receive multiple data streams through multiple DMRS ports, wherein the multiple DMRS ports belong to at least two port groups, and each DMRS port in each port group satisfies a quasi-co-located QCL relationship, Any DMRS port in each port group and any DMRS port in any other port group satisfy a non-quasi-co-located Non-QCL relationship;

恢复模块,用于对于所述至少两个端口组中的每个端口组,根据所述多个DMRS端口中处于该端口组中的DMRS端口所对应的数据流,恢复出一个码字。The recovery module is configured to, for each of the at least two port groups, recover a codeword according to the data stream corresponding to the DMRS port in the port group among the multiple DMRS ports.

在一种可能的设计中,所述接收模块还用于,接收一指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述多个DMRS端口。In a possible design, the receiving module is further configured to receive indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the multiple DMRS ports.

在一种可能的设计中,所述多个数据流的数量小于等于4。In a possible design, the number of the plurality of data streams is less than or equal to four.

根据本发明实施例的第六方面,提供一种接收端设备,包括:According to a sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, a receiving end device is provided, including:

接收模块,用于通过多个DMRS端口接收多个数据流,其中,所述多个DMRS端口属于同一端口组,且该端口组中的各个DMRS端口之间满足准共址QCL关系;A receiving module, configured to receive multiple data streams through multiple DMRS ports, wherein the multiple DMRS ports belong to the same port group, and each DMRS port in the port group satisfies a quasi-co-located QCL relationship;

恢复模块,用于根据所述多个数据流,恢复出一个码字。A recovery module, configured to recover a codeword according to the multiple data streams.

在一种可能的设计中,所述接收模块还用于,接收一指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述多个DMRS端口。In a possible design, the receiving module is further configured to receive indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the multiple DMRS ports.

在一种可能的设计中,所述多个数据流的数量小于等于4。In a possible design, the number of the plurality of data streams is less than or equal to four.

在本发明实施例的各个方面及各个设计中,上述指示信息可以为下行控制信息DCI。In various aspects and various designs of the embodiments of the present invention, the foregoing indication information may be downlink control information DCI.

根据本发明实施例的第七方面,提供一种数据发送方法,所述方法用于通过多个解调参考信号DMRS端口向一个接收端设备发送多个数据流,其中所述多个DMRS端口分属至少两个端口组,每个端口组中的各个DMRS端口之间满足准共址QCL关系,每个端口组中的任一DMRS端口与任一其他端口组中的任一DMRS端口满足非准共址Non-QCL关系;所述多个DMRS端口被分配给同一发射端设备,对于每一端口组,所述方法包括:According to a seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, a data sending method is provided, the method is used for sending multiple data streams to a receiving end device through multiple demodulation reference signal DMRS ports, wherein the multiple DMRS ports are divided into It belongs to at least two port groups, and each DMRS port in each port group satisfies the quasi-co-located QCL relationship, and any DMRS port in each port group and any DMRS port in any other port group satisfies the non-quasi-quasi-co-located QCL relationship. Co-located Non-QCL relationship; the multiple DMRS ports are assigned to the same transmitter device, and for each port group, the method includes:

所述发射端设备将一个码字映射为所述多个DMRS端口中处于该端口组中的DMRS端口所对应的数据流;The transmitting end device maps a codeword to a data stream corresponding to the DMRS port in the port group among the multiple DMRS ports;

所述发射端设备将所述数据流发送给所述接收端设备。The transmitting end device sends the data stream to the receiving end device.

在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括,所述发射端设备向所述接收端设备发送一指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示为所述接收端设备分配的所述多个DMRS端口。In a possible design, the method further includes: the transmitting-end device sends indication information to the receiving-end device, where the indication information is used to indicate the multiple DMRSs allocated to the receiving-end device port.

在一种可能的设计中,所述多个数据流的数量小于等于4。In a possible design, the number of the plurality of data streams is less than or equal to four.

根据本发明实施例的第八方面,提供一种发射端设备,所述发射端设备用于通过多个解调参考信号DMRS端口向一个接收端设备发送多个数据流,其中所述多个DMRS端口分属至少两个端口组,每个端口组中的各个DMRS端口之间满足准共址QCL关系,每个端口组中的任一DMRS端口与任一其他端口组中的任一DMRS端口满足非准共址Non-QCL关系;所述多个DMRS端口被分配给所述发射端设备,所述发射端设备包括:According to an eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, a transmitter device is provided, the transmitter device is configured to send multiple data streams to a receiver device through multiple demodulation reference signal DMRS ports, wherein the multiple DMRS The ports belong to at least two port groups, each DMRS port in each port group satisfies a quasi-co-located QCL relationship, and any DMRS port in each port group and any DMRS port in any other port group satisfy Non-quasi-co-located Non-QCL relationship; the multiple DMRS ports are allocated to the transmitter device, and the transmitter device includes:

映射模块,用于对于每一端口组,将一个码字映射为所述多个DMRS端口中处于该端口组中的DMRS端口所对应的数据流;a mapping module for, for each port group, mapping a codeword to a data stream corresponding to the DMRS port in the port group among the multiple DMRS ports;

发射模块,用于将所述数据流发送给所述接收端设备。A transmitting module, configured to send the data stream to the receiving end device.

在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括,所述发射模块还用于向所述接收端设备发送一指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示为所述接收端设备分配的所述多个DMRS端口。In a possible design, the method further includes that the transmitting module is further configured to send indication information to the receiving end device, where the indication information is used to indicate the multiple allocations for the receiving end device. DMRS ports.

在一种可能的设计中,所述多个数据流的数量小于等于4。In a possible design, the number of the plurality of data streams is less than or equal to four.

总体来说,本发明实施例提供了一种数据发送方法,所述方法用于通过多个解调参考信号DMRS端口向一个接收端设备发送多个数据流,其中所述多个DMRS端口分属至少两个端口组,每个端口组中的各个DMRS端口之间满足准共址QCL关系,每个端口组中的任一DMRS端口与任一其他端口组中的任一DMRS端口满足非准共址Non-QCL关系,对于每个端口组,所述方法包括:In general, an embodiment of the present invention provides a data sending method, which is used for sending multiple data streams to a receiving end device through multiple demodulation reference signal DMRS ports, wherein the multiple DMRS ports belong to At least two port groups, each DMRS port in each port group satisfies a quasi-co-located QCL relationship, and any DMRS port in each port group and any DMRS port in any other port group satisfies non-quasi-co-location. address Non-QCL relationship, for each port group, the method includes:

将一个码字映射为所述多个DMRS端口中处于该端口组中的DMRS端口所对应的数据流;A codeword is mapped to a data stream corresponding to the DMRS port in the port group among the multiple DMRS ports;

将所述数据流发送给所述接收端设备。Send the data stream to the receiving end device.

在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括,向所述接收端设备发送一指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示为所述接收端设备分配的所述多个DMRS端口。In a possible design, the method further includes sending indication information to the receiving end device, where the indication information is used to indicate the multiple DMRS ports allocated to the receiving end device.

在一种可能的设计中,所述多个数据流的数量小于等于4。In a possible design, the number of the plurality of data streams is less than or equal to four.

在一种可能的设计中,上述多个DMRS端口可以分配给同一发射端设备;也可以分配给同一发射端设备的多块天线面板,其中每块天线面板分配到的DMRS端口属于同一端口组;也可以分配给为为同一接收端设备服务(例如基于CoMP(Coordinated Multi-Point,多点协作)相关技术)的多个发射端设备,每个发射端设备分配到的DMRS端口属于同一端口组。此外,上述DMRS端口也可以采用其他方式分配给一个或者多个发射端设备,例如但不限于上述几种方式的各种可行的组合方式。In a possible design, the above-mentioned multiple DMRS ports can be assigned to the same transmitter device; it can also be assigned to multiple antenna panels of the same transmitter device, wherein the DMRS ports assigned to each antenna panel belong to the same port group; It can also be allocated to multiple transmitter devices serving the same receiver device (for example, based on CoMP (Coordinated Multi-Point, coordinated multi-point) related technology), and the DMRS port allocated to each transmitter device belongs to the same port group. In addition, the above-mentioned DMRS ports may also be allocated to one or more transmitting end devices in other ways, such as but not limited to various feasible combinations of the above-mentioned ways.

相应的,本发明实施例还提供了一种数据接收方法,包括:Correspondingly, an embodiment of the present invention also provides a data receiving method, including:

通过多个DMRS端口接收多个数据流,其中,所述多个DMRS端口属于同一端口组,或者分属至少两个端口组,每个端口组中的各个DMRS端口之间满足准共址QCL关系,每个端口组中的任一DMRS端口与任一其他端口组中的任一DMRS端口满足非准共址Non-QCL关系;Receive multiple data streams through multiple DMRS ports, wherein the multiple DMRS ports belong to the same port group, or belong to at least two port groups, and each DMRS port in each port group satisfies a quasi-co-located QCL relationship , any DMRS port in each port group and any DMRS port in any other port group satisfy the non-quasi-co-located Non-QCL relationship;

对于所述同一端口组或者至少两个端口组中的每个端口组,接收端设备根据所述多个DMRS端口中处于该端口组中的DMRS端口所对应的数据流,恢复出一个码字。For the same port group or each port group in the at least two port groups, the receiving end device recovers a codeword according to the data stream corresponding to the DMRS port in the port group among the multiple DMRS ports.

在一种可能的设计中,在接收所述多个数据流之前,所述方法还包括:In a possible design, before receiving the plurality of data streams, the method further includes:

接收一指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述多个DMRS端口。An indication information is received, where the indication information is used to indicate the multiple DMRS ports.

所述多个数据流的数量小于等于4。The number of the plurality of data streams is less than or equal to four.

不难理解,在接收端设备一侧,接收端设备可以无需关注上述多个DMRS端口来自一个发射端设备,还是来自一个发射端设备的多块天线面板,还是来自多个发射端设备。It is not difficult to understand that on the receiving end device side, the receiving end device does not need to pay attention to whether the above-mentioned multiple DMRS ports come from one transmitting end device, multiple antenna panels of one transmitting end device, or multiple transmitting end devices.

QCL(Quasi-Co-Location,准共址)通常用于描述相似的大尺度衰落,以及相似的空间方向(例如但不限于波束方向)等,因此非准共址(Non-Quasi-Co-Location,Non-QCL)通常用于描述不同的大尺度衰落,以及不同的空间方向等。有关QCL和Non-QCL的相关内容已经在现有技术中进行了清楚的描述,因此此处不再赘述。QCL (Quasi-Co-Location) is usually used to describe similar large-scale fading, and similar spatial directions (such as but not limited to beam directions), etc., so non-quasi-co-location (Non-Quasi-Co-Location) , Non-QCL) are often used to describe different large-scale fading, as well as different spatial directions, etc. The related contents of QCL and Non-QCL have been clearly described in the prior art, so they will not be repeated here.

在实际传输中,信息比特(bit)通常是以传输块(Transport Block,TB)的形式进行划分的,而一个传输块可以是一个码字(codeword,CW),有关TB和CW的内容可以参考现有技术In actual transmission, information bits (bits) are usually divided in the form of transport blocks (Transport Block, TB), and a transport block can be a codeword (codeword, CW). For the content of TB and CW, please refer to current technology

通常,可以将系统支持的DMRS端口划分为多个端口组,每个端口组中的各个DMRS端口之间满足QCL关系,每个端口组中的任一DMRS端口与任一其他端口组中的任一DMRS端口满足Non-QCL关系。当多个发射端设备为同一接收端设备服务时,为每个发射端设备分配的DMRS端口来自同一端口组。例如,可以将DMRS端口0~9划分为2个端口组,分别为端口组1和端口组2,其中DMRS端口0~4属于端口组1,DMRS端口5~9属于端口组2。在为发射端设备分配DMRS端口时,可以将端口组1中的任意数量的DMRS端口分配给发射端设备,也可以将端口组2中的任意数量的DMRS端口分配给发射端设备。此外,无论是多个发射端设备为同一接收端设备服务,还是单个发射端设备为该接收端设备服务,为同一个发射端设备分配的DMRS端口,可以来自相同的端口组,也可以来自不同的端口组。例如,当来自相同的端口组时,可以将上述端口组1中的端口1和端口2分配给该发射端设备;当来自不同的端口组时,可以将上述端口组1中的端口2~3和上述端口组2中的端口8~9分配给该发射端设备。不难理解,当为同一发射端设备分配的DMRS端口来自不同的端口组时,该发射端设备通过不同端口组中的DMRS端口进行的无线传输将具有Non-QCL特性,例如具有不同的大尺度衰落,或者指向不同的空间方向。当为同一发射端设备分配的DMRS端口来自相同的端口组时,该发射端设备通过该相同的端口组中的DMRS端口进行的无线传输将具有QCL特性,例如具有相似的大尺度衰落,或者指向相似的空间方向。Generally, the DMRS ports supported by the system can be divided into multiple port groups, each DMRS port in each port group satisfies the QCL relationship, and any DMRS port in each port group is connected to any other port group. A DMRS port satisfies the Non-QCL relationship. When multiple transmitter devices serve the same receiver device, the DMRS ports allocated to each transmitter device are from the same port group. For example, DMRS ports 0-9 may be divided into two port groups, namely port group 1 and port group 2, wherein DMRS ports 0-4 belong to port group 1, and DMRS ports 5-9 belong to port group 2. When allocating DMRS ports to the transmitting end device, any number of DMRS ports in port group 1 can be assigned to the transmitting end device, and any number of DMRS ports in port group 2 can also be assigned to the transmitting end device. In addition, whether multiple transmitter devices serve the same receiver device or a single transmitter device serves the receiver device, the DMRS ports allocated to the same transmitter device can be from the same port group or from different port group. For example, when it comes from the same port group, the port 1 and port 2 in the above port group 1 can be assigned to the transmitting end device; when it comes from different port groups, the ports 2 to 3 in the above port group 1 can be assigned and ports 8 to 9 in the above port group 2 are allocated to the transmitting end device. It is not difficult to understand that when the DMRS ports allocated to the same transmitter device are from different port groups, the wireless transmission performed by the transmitter device through the DMRS ports in different port groups will have Non-QCL characteristics, such as different large scales. Fading, or pointing in a different spatial direction. When the DMRS ports allocated to the same transmitter device are from the same port group, the wireless transmission performed by the transmitter device through the DMRS ports in the same port group will have QCL characteristics, such as similar large-scale fading, or point-to-point similar spatial orientation.

上述将DMRS端口划分为多个端口组的相关内容可以参考现有技术,例如,可以在发射端设备和接收端设备出厂之前,预先在这些设备内设置,也可以由发射端设备将DMRS端口的分组情况提前通知给接收端设备,例如但不限于发射端设备通过RRC(RadioResource Control,无线资源控制)消息,在例如但不限于接收端设备接入通信网络,或者定期的,通知给接收端设备。在将DMRS端口划分为多个端口组的情况下,可以依照分组情况和具体需要(例如各种应用场景,如CoMP)为发射端设备分配DMRS端口。The above-mentioned related content of dividing the DMRS port into multiple port groups can refer to the prior art. For example, before the transmitter device and the receiver device leave the factory, they can be set in these devices in advance, or the DMRS port can be set by the transmitter device. The grouping situation is notified to the receiving end device in advance, such as but not limited to the transmitting end device through an RRC (RadioResource Control, Radio Resource Control) message, such as but not limited to the receiving end device accessing the communication network, or periodically, notifying the receiving end device. . In the case where the DMRS ports are divided into multiple port groups, the DMRS ports can be allocated to the transmitting end device according to the grouping situation and specific needs (for example, various application scenarios, such as CoMP).

多个发射端设备可以为多个发射端设备,也可以为一个同一发射端设备的多块天线面板。上述发射端设备可以是例如但不限于基站。上述接收端设备可以是例如但不限于终端。The multiple transmitting end devices may be multiple transmitting end devices, or may be multiple antenna panels of a same transmitting end device. The above-mentioned transmitting end device may be, for example, but not limited to, a base station. The above-mentioned receiving end device may be, for example, but not limited to, a terminal.

码字到数据流的映射过程,以及从数据流恢复出码字的过程,可以参考现有技术。For the process of mapping the codeword to the data stream, and the process of recovering the codeword from the data stream, reference may be made to the prior art.

当多个发射端设备同时为一个接收端设备服务时,上述指示信息可以由多个发射端设备中的一个发射端设备来发送,在这种情况下,发送上述指示信息的发射端设备可以称为服务设备,其他发射端设备可以称为协作设备。When multiple transmitter devices serve one receiver device at the same time, the above-mentioned indication information may be sent by one of the multiple transmitter devices. In this case, the transmitter device that sends the above-mentioned indication information may be called For serving devices, other transmitter devices may be referred to as cooperating devices.

上述数据流又可以称为数据层,其通常可通过对码字进行层映射来获得,具体过程可以参考现有技术。The above-mentioned data stream may also be called a data layer, which can usually be obtained by performing layer mapping on a codeword, and the specific process may refer to the prior art.

上述方法中的步骤可以通过一个或者多个处理器来执行,有可以通过一个或者多个处理器执行程序来执行。The steps in the above method may be performed by one or more processors, and some may be performed by executing a program by one or more processors.

上述发射端设备和接收端设备中的各个模块的功能可以集成在一个或者多个处理器上来执行,也可以通过一个或者多个处理器执行程序来执行。The functions of each module in the above-mentioned transmitting-end device and receiving-end device may be integrated on one or more processors for execution, or may be executed by one or more processors executing programs.

附图说明Description of drawings

为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案,下面将对本申请实施例中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面所描述的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, the following briefly introduces the drawings required in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the drawings described below are only some embodiments of the present application. For those of ordinary skill in the art, other drawings can also be obtained from these drawings without any creative effort.

图1为现有技术提供的一种导频图的示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of a pilot pattern provided by the prior art;

图2为本申请实施例提供的一种资源单元的示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a resource unit provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图3为本申请实施例提供的技术方案所适用的一种系统架构的示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture to which the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied;

图4为本申请实施例提供的一种基站的结构示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present application;

图5为本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application;

图6为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示和接收方法的交互示意图;FIG. 6 is an interactive schematic diagram of a DMRS indication and receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图7是本申请实施例提供的一种DMRSpattern的示意图;7 is a schematic diagram of a DMRPattern provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图8是本申请实施例提供的又一DMRS pattern的示意图;8 is a schematic diagram of another DMRS pattern provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图9是本申请实施例提供的又一DMRS pattern的示意图;9 is a schematic diagram of another DMRS pattern provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图10是本申请实施例提供的又一DMRS pattern的示意图;10 is a schematic diagram of another DMRS pattern provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图11为本申请实施例提供的又一DMRSpattern的示意图;11 is a schematic diagram of another DMRPattern provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图12为本申请实施例提供的又一DMRSpattern的示意图;12 is a schematic diagram of another DMRPattern provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图13为本申请实施例提供的又一DMRSpattern的示意图;13 is a schematic diagram of another DMRPattern provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图14为本申请实施例提供的又一DMRSpattern的示意图;14 is a schematic diagram of another DMRPattern provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图15为本申请实施例提供的又一DMRSpattern的示意图;15 is a schematic diagram of another DMRPattern provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图16为本申请实施例提供的又一DMRSpattern的示意图;16 is a schematic diagram of another DMRPattern provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图17为本申请实施例提供的又一DMRSpattern的示意图;17 is a schematic diagram of another DMRPattern provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图18为本申请实施例提供的又一DMRSpattern的示意图;18 is a schematic diagram of another DMRPattern provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图19为本申请实施例提供的又一DMRSpattern的示意图;19 is a schematic diagram of another DMRPattern provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图20是LTE系统中MU-MIMO场景示意图;20 is a schematic diagram of a MU-MIMO scenario in an LTE system;

图21为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法的又一交互流程示意图;21 is a schematic diagram of another interaction flow of a DMRS indication method and a receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图22为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法的一个场景示意图;22 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a DMRS indication method and a receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图23为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法中指示信息与pattern对应的一个示意图;FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of the corresponding indication information and pattern in a DMRS indication method and a receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图24为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法的又一场景示意图;24 is a schematic diagram of another scenario of a DMRS indication method and a receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图25为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法中指示信息与pattern对应的又一示意图。FIG. 25 is another schematic diagram of indicating information corresponding to a pattern in a DMRS indication method and a receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application.

图26为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法的又一场景示意图;26 is a schematic diagram of another scenario of a DMRS indication method and a receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图27为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法中指示信息与pattern对应的又一示意图。FIG. 27 is another schematic diagram of indicating information corresponding to a pattern in a DMRS indicating method and receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application.

图28为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法的又一场景示意图;28 is a schematic diagram of another scenario of a DMRS indication method and a receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图29为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法中指示信息与pattern对应的又一示意图。FIG. 29 is another schematic diagram of indicating information corresponding to a pattern in a DMRS indication method and a receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application.

图30为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法中指示信息与pattern对应的又一示意图。FIG. 30 is another schematic diagram of indicating information corresponding to a pattern in a DMRS indicating method and receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application.

图31为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法中指示信息与pattern对应的又一示意图。FIG. 31 is another schematic diagram of indicating information corresponding to a pattern in a DMRS indication method and a receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application.

图32为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法中指示信息与pattern对应的又一示意图。FIG. 32 is another schematic diagram of indicating information corresponding to a pattern in a DMRS indication method and a receiving method according to an embodiment of the present application.

图33为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法中指示信息与pattern对应的又一示意图。FIG. 33 is another schematic diagram of indicating information corresponding to a pattern in a DMRS indicating method and receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application.

图34为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法中指示信息与pattern对应的又一示意图。FIG. 34 is another schematic diagram of indicating information corresponding to a pattern in a DMRS indication method and a receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application.

图35为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法中又一应用场景示意图;35 is a schematic diagram of another application scenario in a DMRS indication method and a receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图36为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法中指示信息与pattern对应的又一示意图;FIG. 36 is another schematic diagram of the corresponding indication information and pattern in a DMRS indication method and a receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图37为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法中指示信息与pattern对应的又一示意图;Figure 37 is another schematic diagram of the corresponding indication information and pattern in a DMRS indication method and a receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图38为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法的一个场景示意图。FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a DMRS indication method and a receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application.

图39为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法中指示信息与pattern对应的又一示意图;Figure 39 is another schematic diagram of the corresponding indication information and pattern in a DMRS indication method and a receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图40为本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS指示方法和接收方法中指示信息与pattern对应的又一示意图;FIG. 40 is another schematic diagram of the corresponding indication information and pattern in a DMRS indication method and a receiving method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图41为本申请实施例提供的发射端的模块示意图;41 is a schematic diagram of a module of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present application;

图42为本申请实施例提供的接收端的模块示意图;42 is a schematic diagram of a module of a receiving end provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图43为本申请实施例提供的发射端或接收端的示意图。FIG. 43 is a schematic diagram of a transmitter or a receiver provided by an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

首先,对本文中涉及的相关术语进行简单介绍,以方便读者理解:First of all, a brief introduction to the relevant terms involved in this article is made for the convenience of readers:

1)、资源单元(resource unit)1), resource unit (resource unit)

类似于LTE标准中的RB和RB对(RB pair),在本申请的一些实施例中提供了一种资源单元,该资源单元可以作为调度终端进行资源分配的基本单位,也可以用于描述多种参考信号的排布方式。Similar to RB and RB pair in the LTE standard, some embodiments of the present application provide a resource unit, which can be used as a basic unit for scheduling terminals to allocate resources, and can also be used to describe multiple arrangement of reference signals.

资源单元可以由频域上连续的多个子载波和时域上的一个时间间隔(timeinterval,TI)组成。不同调度过程中,资源单元的大小可以相同,也可以不同。其中,这里的TI可以是LTE系统中的传输时间间隔(transmission time interval,TTI),也可以是符号级短TTI,或高频系统中的大子载波间隔的短TTI,也可以是5G系统中的slot或微型时隙(mini-slot)等。本申请对此不做限定。A resource unit may be composed of multiple consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain and a time interval (time interval, TI) in the time domain. In different scheduling processes, the size of the resource unit may be the same or different. The TI here may be a transmission time interval (TTI) in an LTE system, a symbol-level short TTI, or a short TTI with a large subcarrier interval in a high-frequency system, or a 5G system slot or mini-slot (mini-slot). This application does not limit this.

可选的,一个资源单元可以包括一个或多个RB,一个或多个RB pair等,另外还可以是半个RB等。另外还可以是其他的时频资源,本申请对此不进行限定。其中,一个RB pair是由频域上的12个连续的子载波和时域上的一个子帧组成。频域上的一个子载波和时域上的一个符号组成的时频资源为一个资源元素(resource element,RE),如图2所示。其中,图2中的RB pair由频域上的12个连续的子载波(编号为0~11)和时域上的14个符号(编号为0~13)组成。图2中,横坐标表示时域,纵坐标表示频域。需要说明的是,本申请中的包含表示时域资源的附图均是基于图2所示的RB pair为例进行说明的,本领域技术人员可以理解的,具体实现时,不限于此。可以理解的,本申请中的“符号”可以包括但不限于以下任一种:正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号、通用滤波多载波(universal filtered multi-carrier,UFMC)信号,滤波器组多载波(filter-bandmulti-carrier,FBMC)符号,广义频分多工(generalized frequency-divisionmultiplexing,GFDM)符号等。Optionally, one resource unit may include one or more RBs, one or more RB pairs, etc., and may also be half an RB or the like. In addition, other time-frequency resources may also be used, which is not limited in this application. One RB pair is composed of 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain and one subframe in the time domain. A time-frequency resource composed of a subcarrier in the frequency domain and a symbol in the time domain is a resource element (resource element, RE), as shown in FIG. 2 . The RB pair in FIG. 2 is composed of 12 consecutive subcarriers (numbered 0 to 11) in the frequency domain and 14 symbols (numbered 0 to 13) in the time domain. In Fig. 2, the abscissa represents the time domain, and the ordinate represents the frequency domain. It should be noted that the drawings including time domain resources in this application are all described based on the RB pair shown in FIG. 2 as an example, and those skilled in the art can understand that the specific implementation is not limited to this. It can be understood that "symbols" in this application may include but are not limited to any of the following: orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, universal filtered multi-carriers (UFMC) Signals, filter-bandmulti-carrier (FBMC) symbols, generalized frequency-division multiplexing (GFDM) symbols, etc.

2)、DMRS端口组2), DMRS port group

本申请中涉及的“DMRS端口组”是为了清楚地描述本申请提供的技术方案而引入的一个逻辑概念,具体的,是为了清楚地描述本申请中提供的导频图或其变型而引入的一个逻辑概念。可以理解的,在实际实现时,基站和终端可以不执行对DMRS端口分组这一动作,通过任意方式设计出如本申请中描述的导频图或者其变型,均应属于本申请保护范围之内。The "DMRS port group" involved in this application is a logical concept introduced to clearly describe the technical solutions provided in this application, and specifically, it is introduced to clearly describe the pilot pattern or its modification provided in this application. a logical concept. It can be understood that, in actual implementation, the base station and the terminal may not perform the action of grouping the DMRS ports, and design the pilot pattern as described in this application or its modification in any way, which shall fall within the protection scope of this application. .

一个DMRS端口组可以包括一个或多个DMRS端口。本申请中,DMRS端口组中的各端口对应的DMRS之间通过CDM方式复用相同的时频资源,如正交掩码(orthogonal covercode,OCC)、循环移位(cyclic shift,CS),或循环相位旋转(cyclic phase rotations)等方法,或者以上多种方法的组合,如OCC+CS。有关多个参考信号借助CDM方式复用时频资源的技术方案在现有技术中已经进行了清楚的描述,本文不再赘述。A DMRS port group may include one or more DMRS ports. In this application, the same time-frequency resources are multiplexed between the DMRSs corresponding to each port in the DMRS port group through CDM, such as orthogonal covercode (OCC), cyclic shift (CS), or Methods such as cyclic phase rotations, or a combination of the above methods, such as OCC+CS. The technical solution of multiplexing time-frequency resources for multiple reference signals by means of CDM has been clearly described in the prior art, and details are not described herein again.

3)系统支持的DMRS端口port3) DMRS ports supported by the system

系统支持的DMRS端口,可以认为是基站可使用的DMRS端口。实际实现时,基站可能使用其支持的部分或全部DMRS端口调度终端。最大可支持的正交端口数,即是指的系统或基站可支持的DMRS正交端口数的最大值。The DMRS port supported by the system can be considered as a DMRS port that can be used by the base station. In actual implementation, the base station may use some or all of the DMRS ports supported by the base station to schedule the terminal. The maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported, that is, the maximum number of DMRS orthogonal ports that the system or base station can support.

本申请中,以系统支持的DMRS端口的数目为4、6、8、12为例进行说明。In this application, the number of DMRS ports supported by the system is 4, 6, 8, and 12 as an example for description.

4)其他术语4) Other terms

本文中的术语“多个”是指两个或两个以上。The term "plurality" as used herein refers to two or more.

本文中的术语“第一”、“第二”等仅是为了区分不同的对象,并不对其顺序进行限定。例如,第一符号组和第二符号组仅仅是为了区分不同的符号组,并不对其先后顺序进行限定。The terms "first", "second", etc. herein are only used to distinguish different objects, and do not limit their order. For example, the first symbol group and the second symbol group are only for distinguishing different symbol groups, and the sequence of the symbols is not limited.

本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship to describe the associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, it can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and A and B exist independently B these three cases. In addition, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.

下面结合附图对本申请提供的技术方案进行介绍。The technical solutions provided by the present application will be introduced below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

本申请提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如当前2G,3G,4G通信系统,以及未来演进网络,如5G通信系统。例如,LTE系统,第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generationpartnership project,3GPP)相关的蜂窝系统等,以及其他此类通信系统。尤其地,可以应用于5G NR系统中。The technical solutions provided in this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as current 2G, 3G, and 4G communication systems, and future evolution networks, such as 5G communication systems. For example, LTE systems, 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) related cellular systems, etc., and other such communication systems. Especially, it can be applied in 5G NR system.

需要说明的是,5G标准中可以包括机器对机器(machine to machine,M2M)、设备对机器(devoice to machine,D2M)、宏微通信、增强型移动互联网(enhance mobilebroadband,eMBB)、超高可靠性与超低时延通信(ultra reliable&low latencycommunication,uRLLC)以及海量物联网通信(massive machine type communication,mMTC)等场景,这些场景可以包括但不限于:终端与终端之间的通信场景,基站与基站之间的通信场景,基站与终端之间的通信场景等。本申请实施例提供的技术方案也可以应用于5G通信系统中的终端与终端之间的通信,或基站与基站之间的通信等场景中。It should be noted that the 5G standard can include machine to machine (M2M), device to machine (D2M), macro-micro communication, enhanced mobile Internet (enhance mobile broadband, eMBB), ultra-high reliability and ultra-low latency communication (ultra reliable & low latency communication, uRLLC) and massive machine type communication (mMTC) and other scenarios, these scenarios can include but are not limited to: terminal-to-terminal communication scenarios, base stations and base stations Communication scenarios between base stations and terminals, etc. The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to scenarios such as communication between terminals in a 5G communication system, or communication between base stations and base stations.

本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于如图3所示的系统架构中,该系统架构中可以包括基站100以及与基站100连接的一个或多个终端200。The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applied to the system architecture shown in FIG. 3 , where the system architecture may include a base station 100 and one or more terminals 200 connected to the base station 100 .

在一个示例中,基站100可以通过如图4所示的结构实现。In one example, the base station 100 may be implemented by the structure shown in FIG. 4 .

其中,基站100可以是能和终端200通信的设备。基站100可以是中继站或接入点等。基站100可以是全球移动通信系统(global system for mobile communication,GSM)或码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)网络中的基站收发信台(basetransceiver station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multipleaccess,WCDMA)中的NB(NodeB),还可以是LTE中的eNB或eNodeB(evolutional NodeB)。基站100还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器。基站100还可以是未来5G网络中的网络设备或未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备;还可以是可穿戴设备或车载设备等。The base station 100 may be a device capable of communicating with the terminal 200 . The base station 100 may be a relay station or an access point or the like. The base station 100 may be a base transceiver station (BTS) in a global system for mobile communication (GSM) or a code division multiple access (CDMA) network, or a broadband code division An NB (NodeB) in multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) may also be an eNB or an eNodeB (evolutional NodeB) in LTE. The base station 100 may also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario. The base station 100 may also be a network device in a future 5G network or a network device in a future evolved PLMN network; it may also be a wearable device or a vehicle-mounted device, or the like.

终端200可以是用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、UE单元、UE站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、UE终端、终端、无线通信设备、UE代理或UE装置等。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digitalassistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的终端等。Terminal 200 may be user equipment (UE), access terminal, UE unit, UE station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, UE terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, UE proxy or UE devices, etc. The access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication capability handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminals in future 5G networks or terminals in future evolved PLMN networks, etc.

基站100的通用硬件架构进行说明。如图4所示,基站可以包括室内基带处理单元(building baseband unit,BBU)和远端射频模块(remote radio unit,RRU),RRU和天馈系统(即天线)连接,BBU和RRU可以根据需要拆开使用。应注意,在具体实现过程中,基站100还可以采用其他通用硬件架构,而并非仅仅局限于图4所示的通用硬件架构。The general hardware architecture of the base station 100 is described. As shown in FIG. 4 , the base station may include an indoor baseband unit (building baseband unit, BBU) and a remote radio unit (remote radio unit, RRU). The RRU is connected to the antenna feeder system (ie, the antenna), and the BBU and RRU can be used as required. Take apart to use. It should be noted that, in the specific implementation process, the base station 100 may also adopt other general hardware architectures, and is not limited to the general hardware architecture shown in FIG. 4 .

以终端200为手机为例,对手机的通用硬件架构进行说明。如图5所示,手机可以包括:射频(radio Frequency,RF)电路110、存储器120、其他输入设备130、显示屏140、传感器150、音频电路160、I/O子系统170、处理器180、以及电源190等部件。本领域技术人员可以理解,图5所示的手机的结构并不构成对手机的限定,可以包括比图示更多或者更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。本领域技术人员可以理解显示屏140属于用户界面(user Interface,UI),显示屏140可以包括显示面板141和触摸面板142。且手机可以包括比图示更多或者更少的部件。尽管未示出,手机还可以包括摄像头、蓝牙模块等功能模块或器件,在此不再赘述。Taking the terminal 200 as a mobile phone as an example, the general hardware architecture of the mobile phone will be described. As shown in FIG. 5, the mobile phone may include: a radio frequency (RF) circuit 110, a memory 120, other input devices 130, a display screen 140, a sensor 150, an audio circuit 160, an I/O subsystem 170, a processor 180, And components such as power supply 190 . Those skilled in the art can understand that the structure of the mobile phone shown in FIG. 5 does not constitute a limitation on the mobile phone, and may include more or less components than the one shown in the figure, or combine some components, or disassemble some components, or Different component arrangements. Those skilled in the art can understand that the display screen 140 belongs to a user interface (user interface, UI), and the display screen 140 may include a display panel 141 and a touch panel 142 . And the cell phone may include more or less components than shown. Although not shown, the mobile phone may further include functional modules or devices such as a camera and a Bluetooth module, which will not be repeated here.

进一步地,处理器180分别与RF电路110、存储器120、音频电路160、I/O子系统170、以及电源190均连接。I/O子系统170分别与其他输入设备130、显示屏140、传感器150均连接。其中,RF电路110可用于收发信息或通话过程中,信号的接收和发送,特别地,将基站的下行信息接收后,给处理器180处理。存储器120可用于存储软件程序以及模块。处理器180通过运行存储在存储器120的软件程序以及模块,从而执行手机的各种功能应用以及数据处理。其他输入设备130可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息,以及产生与手机的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。显示屏140可用于显示由用户输入的信息或提供给用户的信息以及手机的各种菜单,还可以接受用户输入。传感器150可以为光传感器、运动传感器或者其他传感器。音频电路160可提供用户与手机之间的音频接口。I/O子系统170用来控制输入输出的外部设备,外部设备可以包括其他设备输入控制器、传感器控制器、显示控制器。处理器180是手机200的控制中心,利用各种接口和线路连接整个手机的各个部分,通过运行或执行存储在存储器120内的软件程序和/或模块,以及调用存储在存储器120内的数据,执行手机200的各种功能和处理数据,从而对手机进行整体监控。电源190(比如电池)用于给上述各个部件供电,优选的,电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器180逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗等功能。Further, the processor 180 is connected to the RF circuit 110, the memory 120, the audio circuit 160, the I/O subsystem 170, and the power supply 190, respectively. The I/O subsystem 170 is respectively connected with other input devices 130 , the display screen 140 and the sensor 150 . Wherein, the RF circuit 110 can be used for receiving and transmitting signals during sending and receiving of information or during a call, in particular, after receiving the downlink information of the base station, it is processed by the processor 180 . Memory 120 may be used to store software programs and modules. The processor 180 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone by running the software programs and modules stored in the memory 120 . Other input devices 130 may be used to receive input numerical or character information, and to generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the mobile phone. The display screen 140 may be used to display information input by or provided to the user and various menus of the mobile phone, and may also accept user input. Sensor 150 may be a light sensor, motion sensor, or other sensor. Audio circuit 160 may provide an audio interface between the user and the cell phone. The I/O subsystem 170 is used to control input and output external devices, and the external devices may include input controllers of other devices, sensor controllers, and display controllers. The processor 180 is the control center of the mobile phone 200, using various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire mobile phone, by running or executing the software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 120, and calling the data stored in the memory 120, Execute various functions of the mobile phone 200 and process data, so as to monitor the mobile phone as a whole. The power supply 190 (such as a battery) is used to supply power to the above components. Preferably, the power supply can be logically connected to the processor 180 through a power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system.

本申请提供的技术方案可以用于单载波传输场景中,也可以用于多载波传输场景中,也可以适用于多种波形混合传输场景;可以应用于上行传输场景中,也可以应用于下行传输场景中,或者上行和下行同时传输的场景。The technical solutions provided in this application can be used in single-carrier transmission scenarios, multi-carrier transmission scenarios, and multiple waveform hybrid transmission scenarios; can be applied in uplink transmission scenarios, and can also be applied in downlink transmission scenarios In a scenario, or a scenario where uplink and downlink are transmitted at the same time.

下面对本申请提供的传输DMRS的方法进行说明,其中,传输DMRS的方法可以包括发射端发送DMRS的方法,以及接收端获取DMRS的方法。The method for transmitting DMRS provided by the present application will be described below, where the method for transmitting DMRS may include a method for transmitting DMRS at the transmitting end, and a method for acquiring DMRS at the receiving end.

如图6所示,为本申请提供的一种传输DMRS的方法。该方法可以包括:As shown in FIG. 6 , a method for transmitting DMRS provided by the present application. The method can include:

S101:发射端从多组解调参考信号DMRS配置信息中确定与当前DMRS传输方案对应的DMRS配置信息,并根据DMRS配置信息得到DMRS指示信息;所述每组DMRS配置信息包含多条DMRS配置信息。S101: The transmitter determines DMRS configuration information corresponding to the current DMRS transmission scheme from multiple sets of demodulation reference signal DMRS configuration information, and obtains DMRS indication information according to the DMRS configuration information; each group of DMRS configuration information includes multiple pieces of DMRS configuration information .

其中,该多个DMRS配置信息可以DMRS配置信息表的形式呈现,一种方式是以多张独立的表格的形式呈现,也可以是属于一张信息总表的子集。The multiple DMRS configuration information may be presented in the form of a DMRS configuration information table, one way is to present it in the form of multiple independent tables, or it may be a subset belonging to a general information table.

S102:发射端通过时频资源发送DMRS指示信息。S102: The transmitting end sends DMRS indication information through time-frequency resources.

S103:接收端接收所述DMRS指示信息。S103: The receiving end receives the DMRS indication information.

S104:接收端根据接收的所述DMRS指示信息,进行信道估计或辅助解调数据。S104: The receiving end performs channel estimation or auxiliary demodulation data according to the received DMRS indication information.

其中,用于承载DMRS的时频资源在时域上可以包括一个或多个符号,在频域上可以包括一个或多个子载波。Wherein, the time-frequency resource used to carry the DMRS may include one or more symbols in the time domain, and may include one or more subcarriers in the frequency domain.

若该技术方案应用于上行传输场景中,则发射端可以是终端,接收端可以是基站。若该技术方案应用于下行传输场景中,则发射端可以是基站,接收端可以是终端。If the technical solution is applied in an uplink transmission scenario, the transmitting end may be a terminal, and the receiving end may be a base station. If the technical solution is applied in a downlink transmission scenario, the transmitting end may be a base station, and the receiving end may be a terminal.

本申请实施例中,当前的DMRS传输方案是通过指示信息来指示的;不同的DMRS传输方案对应的最大可支持正交端口数不同,或对应的DMRS图样或对应的DMRS配置类型不同。In the embodiment of the present application, the current DMRS transmission scheme is indicated by indication information; different DMRS transmission schemes correspond to different maximum numbers of orthogonal ports that can be supported, or different corresponding DMRS patterns or corresponding DMRS configuration types.

所述不同的DMRS传输方案对应的DMRS配置信息中的最大可支持正交端口数不同。The maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported in the DMRS configuration information corresponding to the different DMRS transmission schemes is different.

所述不同的DMRS传输方案对应的DMRS指示信息的长度不同。The lengths of the DMRS indication information corresponding to the different DMRS transmission schemes are different.

所述至少一条DMRS配置信息中的多个DMRS端口分属不同的码分多址CDM组,其中不同的CDM组之间满足非准共址QCL关系。The multiple DMRS ports in the at least one piece of DMRS configuration information belong to different code division multiple access CDM groups, wherein different CDM groups satisfy a non-quasi-co-located QCL relationship.

针对不同的最大可支持正交端口数,可以配置不同的DMRS配置信息,例如,对于最大可支持正交端口数为4,正交端口数为6,正交端口数为8,正交端口数为12的MIMO场景,分别配置对应的DMRS配置信息,该DMRS配置信息是让接收端知道其能使用的DMRS正交端口号,序列配置,复用方式等等,以进行正确的数据译码。Different DMRS configuration information can be configured for different maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported. For example, for the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported is 4, the number of orthogonal ports is 6, the number of orthogonal ports is 8, the number of orthogonal ports For 12 MIMO scenarios, configure the corresponding DMRS configuration information respectively, the DMRS configuration information is to let the receiving end know the DMRS orthogonal port number, sequence configuration, multiplexing mode, etc. that it can use, so as to perform correct data decoding.

另一种实现方式中,该DMRS配置信息针对不同的DMRS图样来配置的,一般来讲,一种DMRS图样就对应着一种支持最大可支持正交端口数或者最大可支持正交传输层数的MIMO场景,该DMRS图样示意出其支持多少个正交的正交端口组,每一个正交端口组由多少个资源单元组成,因此针对不同的DMRS图样配置不同的DMRS配置信息,也可以让接收端知道知道其能使用的DMRS正交端口号,序列配置,复用方式等等,以进行正确的数据译码。In another implementation manner, the DMRS configuration information is configured for different DMRS patterns. Generally speaking, one DMRS pattern corresponds to a type that supports the maximum number of supportable orthogonal ports or the maximum number of supportable orthogonal transmission layers. In the MIMO scenario, the DMRS pattern indicates how many orthogonal orthogonal port groups it supports, and how many resource units each orthogonal port group consists of. The receiving end knows the DMRS orthogonal port number, sequence configuration, multiplexing mode, etc. that it can use, so as to perform correct data decoding.

在第一方面的一种实现方式中,DMRS配置信息可以是由协议约定表格来呈现的,其具体实现形式可以是下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)表(table),多张DCI table至少含有一种不同的DMRS配置信息;与DMRS配置信息对应的DMRS传输方案是通过高层信令例如例如无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令发送的,当然也可以和场景对应的其他配置参数绑定,如频点,载波间隔、帧结构等。DMRS指示信息即可通过DCI信令或媒体接入控制控制单元(media access control control element,MACCE)发送。In an implementation manner of the first aspect, the DMRS configuration information may be presented by a protocol agreement table, and its specific implementation form may be a downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) table (table), and multiple DCI tables at least Contains a different DMRS configuration information; the DMRS transmission scheme corresponding to the DMRS configuration information is sent through high-level signaling such as radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, and of course other configuration parameters corresponding to the scene can also be used. Binding, such as frequency, carrier spacing, frame structure, etc. The DMRS indication information can be sent through DCI signaling or a media access control control element (media access control control element, MACCE).

在具体实现中,每一张DMRS配置信息表对应不同的最大可支持正交端口(port)数,例如最大可支持正交端口数可以是{4、6、8、12}中的至少两种;In a specific implementation, each DMRS configuration information table corresponds to a different maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported. For example, the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported can be at least two of {4, 6, 8, and 12}. ;

在另一种实现方式中,每一张DMRS配置信息表可以对应不同的DMRS图样(pattern)或者DMRS配置类型(configuration type)。In another implementation manner, each DMRS configuration information table may correspond to a different DMRS pattern (pattern) or DMRS configuration type (configuration type).

在一种实现方式中,所述信息表中,依据按照正交端口组合进行分列设计,例如小于或等于4层传输层的正交端口组合,与大于4层传输层的正交端口组合分列设计;In an implementation manner, the information table is designed according to the orthogonal port combination, for example, the orthogonal port combination of less than or equal to four transmission layers is divided into the orthogonal port combination of more than four transmission layers. column design;

在一种实现方式中,所述DMRS配置信息以DMRS配置信息表的形式呈现的时候,可以依据码字数量(codeword number)进行划分,也可以不依据码字数量进行划分,而是依据总的最大可支持正交端口数或依据接收端的传输层数进行分列,具体的可以按照某种比例进行划分。In an implementation manner, when the DMRS configuration information is presented in the form of a DMRS configuration information table, it may be divided according to the number of codewords (codeword number), or may not be divided according to the number of codewords, but according to the total The maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported can be divided according to the number of transmission layers at the receiving end. Specifically, it can be divided according to a certain proportion.

所述DMRS配置信息中还包括总正交端口数的指示信息,该指示信息可以指示实际可能出现的所有正交端口数,或者实际可能出现的所有正交端口数的量化值。所有正交端口数的量化值可以是DMRS正交层数信息,或者是DMRS天线正交端口集合指示信息,或者DMRS天线正交端口的CDM组信息,或者是依据CDM大小生成的信息。应理解的是,总正交端口数与总正交DMRS传输层数相同。The DMRS configuration information also includes indication information of the total number of orthogonal ports, and the indication information may indicate the number of all orthogonal ports that may actually appear, or the quantized value of the number of all orthogonal ports that may actually appear. The quantized value of the number of all orthogonal ports may be DMRS orthogonal layer number information, or DMRS antenna orthogonal port set indication information, or CDM group information of DMRS antenna orthogonal ports, or information generated according to the CDM size. It should be understood that the total number of orthogonal ports is the same as the total number of orthogonal DMRS transmission layers.

之所以用DMRS正交传输层数的量化值,是因为如果要指示接收端具体的正交传输层数,例如指示正交传输层数{1,2,3,4},需要4个bits来进行指示,而将正交传输层数{1,2,3,4}量化成一个值,例如向上量化成正交传输层数4,或者向下量化成正交传输层数1,或者用2或3来表示改组正交传输层数{1,2,3,4,}则指示正交传输层数的量化值只需要一个bit就可以指示了,例如用0表示正交传输层数的量化值4,因此可以减少指示开销。The reason why the quantization value of the number of DMRS orthogonal transmission layers is used is because if you want to indicate the specific number of orthogonal transmission layers at the receiving end, such as indicating the number of orthogonal transmission layers {1, 2, 3, 4}, 4 bits are required to Indicate, and quantize the number of orthogonal transmission layers {1, 2, 3, 4} to a value, for example, quantize up to the number of orthogonal transmission layers of 4, or down quantize to the number of orthogonal transmission layers of 1, or use 2 Or 3 to indicate the number of reorganized orthogonal transmission layers {1, 2, 3, 4,}, then the quantization value indicating the number of orthogonal transmission layers only needs one bit to indicate, for example, use 0 to indicate the quantization of the number of orthogonal transmission layers The value is 4, so the indication overhead can be reduced.

需要说明的是,所述的多个DMRS配置信息表可以是一张信息总表,该一张信息总表支持最大可支持正交端口数,多个DMRS配置信息表是该信息总表的子集,从该信息总表中选取子集可以依据最大可支持正交端口数或者DMRS图样或者是高层信令进行选择。It should be noted that, the multiple DMRS configuration information tables may be an information summary table, the information summary table supports the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported, and the multiple DMRS configuration information tables are sub-sections of the information summary table. Sets, and selecting subsets from the general information table can be selected according to the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported, DMRS patterns, or high-layer signaling.

需要说明的是,所述的多个DMRS配置信息表可以是一张信息总表,该一张信息总表支持最大可支持正交端口数,多个DMRS配置信息表是该信息总表的子集,从该信息总表中选取子集可以依据最大可支持正交端口数或者DMRS图样或者是高层信令进行选择。It should be noted that, the multiple DMRS configuration information tables may be an information summary table, the information summary table supports the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported, and the multiple DMRS configuration information tables are sub-sections of the information summary table. Sets, and selecting subsets from the general information table can be selected according to the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported, DMRS patterns, or high-layer signaling.

以下将说明本申请提供的发送DMRS和获取DMRS的具体实现过程。The specific implementation process of sending DMRS and acquiring DMRS provided by the present application will be described below.

实施例一Example 1

本实施例一中设计了多个DMRS配置信息的表,简称为DMRS配置信息表,每一张DMRS配置信息表与最大可支持正交端口数关联,或者针对不同的DMRS pattern,或者针对不同的DMRS配置类型,设计不同的DMRS配置信息表;最大可支持正交端口数,或者DMRSpattern,或者DMRS配置类型都能表示DMRS传输方案;在传输之前,根据不同的pattern配置信息选择或者在不同DMRS配置信息表中进行切换。In the first embodiment, multiple DMRS configuration information tables are designed, which are referred to as DMRS configuration information tables for short. Each DMRS configuration information table is associated with the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported, or for different DMRS patterns, or for different DMRS configuration type, design different DMRS configuration information tables; the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported, or DMRS pattern, or DMRS configuration type can represent the DMRS transmission scheme; before transmission, select according to different pattern configuration information or configure in different DMRS switch in the information table.

如图7所示,该DMRS配置信息表是以SU或MU-MIMO中,单个终端(UE)最大可支持正交端口数为4设计的DMRS配置信息表。As shown in FIG. 7 , the DMRS configuration information table is a DMRS configuration information table designed in which the maximum number of orthogonal ports that a single terminal (UE) can support is 4 in SU or MU-MIMO.

表1Table 1

最大4 ports DMRSMaximum 4 ports DMRS

其中DMRS指示信息或索引用Value表示;当Value=0时,其表示终端支持传输层(表格中用秩Rank来表示)的个数为1,其对应的正交端口索引(port index)为传输层1,端口号为0;又如,DMRS指示信息Value=7时,其表示终端支持传输层(Rank)为4,其对应的正交端口索引(port index)为0-3(port 0-3)。The DMRS indication information or index is represented by Value; when Value=0, it indicates that the terminal supports the number of transport layers (represented by Rank Rank in the table) as 1, and the corresponding orthogonal port index (port index) is the transmission layer. Layer 1, the port number is 0; for another example, when the DMRS indication information Value=7, it indicates that the terminal supports a transport layer (Rank) of 4, and its corresponding orthogonal port index (port index) is 0-3 (port 0- 3).

如表1所示的表格所列port组合基本可以覆盖4port及以下所有配置,其中reserved可以用于额外组合(combination),来增加调度灵活性,尽管已列组合已能满足调度需求。As shown in Table 1, the port combinations listed in the table can basically cover all configurations of 4port and below, in which reserved can be used for additional combinations (combination) to increase scheduling flexibility, although the listed combinations can already meet the scheduling requirements.

表1所示的DMRS配置信息表适用于正交DMRS实现最大4流/层数据传输或者图7对应的pattern(如左边部分所示的config.1 1符号或者右边部分所示的config.1 2符号但采用时域repetition,e.g.,TD-OCC{(1,1),(1,1)})The DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 1 is suitable for orthogonal DMRS to achieve maximum 4 streams/layer data transmission or the pattern corresponding to Figure 7 (such as the config.1 1 symbol shown in the left part or the config.1 2 shown in the right part. notation but with time domain repetition, e.g., TD-OCC{(1,1),(1,1)})

本实施例中的DMRS配置信息表按照LTE表格设计(即,以codeword个数划分列),对应的value值需要3bit的指示开销。The DMRS configuration information table in this embodiment is designed according to the LTE table (that is, divided into columns by the number of codewords), and the corresponding value value requires an indication overhead of 3 bits.

应理解的是,该DMRS配置信息表中的port index只是一种表示方式,仅为举例说明,还可以根据实际需求以其他数字表示。It should be understood that the port index in the DMRS configuration information table is only a representation, which is only for illustration, and can also be represented by other numbers according to actual requirements.

如表2所示,该DMRS配置信息表是以SU或MU-MIMO中,单个终端(UE)最大可支持正交端口数为6设计的DMRS配置信息表。As shown in Table 2, the DMRS configuration information table is a DMRS configuration information table designed in which the maximum number of orthogonal ports that a single terminal (UE) can support is 6 in SU or MU-MIMO.

表2Table 2

最大6 ports DMRSMaximum 6 ports DMRS

其中DMRS配置信息的指示信息或索引用Value表示;例如,DMRS配置信息的指示信息Value=0时,其表示终端支持传输层(Rank)的个数为1,其对应的正交端口索引(portindex)为0;DMRS配置信息的指示信息Value=10时,其表示的终端支持传输层(Rank)的个数为3,其对应的正交端口索引(port index)为3~5;需要说明的是,这里的正交端口索引仅为举例,具体的正交端口号可以以其他数字表示。The indication information or index of the DMRS configuration information is represented by Value; for example, when the indication information of the DMRS configuration information is Value=0, it indicates that the terminal supports the number of transport layers (Rank) is 1, and the corresponding orthogonal port index (portindex). ) is 0; when the indication information of the DMRS configuration information is Value=10, the number of the terminal supporting the transport layer (Rank) represented by it is 3, and the corresponding orthogonal port index (port index) is 3 to 5; it needs to be explained Yes, the orthogonal port index here is only an example, and the specific orthogonal port number may be represented by other numbers.

如表2所示的表格所列port组合基本可以覆盖6port及以下所有配置,其中reserved可以用于额外组合(combination),来增加调度灵活性,尽管已列组合已能满足调度需求。The port combinations listed in the table shown in Table 2 can basically cover all configurations of 6 ports and below, in which reserved can be used for additional combinations (combination) to increase scheduling flexibility, although the listed combinations can already meet the scheduling requirements.

如表2所示的DMRS配置信息表适用于正交DMRS实现最大6流/层数据传输或者图8对应的pattern(如左边部分所示的config.1 1符号或者右边部分所示的config.1 2符号但采用时域repetition,e.g.,TD-OCC{(1,1),(1,1)})。The DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 2 is suitable for orthogonal DMRS to achieve maximum 6 streams/layer data transmission or the pattern corresponding to Figure 8 (config.1 1 symbol shown in the left part or config.1 shown in the right part). 2 symbols but with time domain repetition, e.g., TD-OCC{(1,1),(1,1)}).

本实施例中的DMRS配置信息表按照LTE表格设计(即,以codeword个数划分列),对应的value值需要4bit的指示开销。The DMRS configuration information table in this embodiment is designed according to the LTE table (that is, divided into columns by the number of codewords), and the corresponding value value requires an indication overhead of 4 bits.

如表3所示,该DMRS配置信息表是以SU或MU-MIMO中,单个终端(UE)最大可支持正交端口数为8设计的DMRS配置信息表。As shown in Table 3, the DMRS configuration information table is a DMRS configuration information table designed in which the maximum number of orthogonal ports that a single terminal (UE) can support is 8 in SU or MU-MIMO.

表3table 3

最大8 ports DMRSMaximum 8 ports DMRS

其中DMRS配置信息的指示信息用Value表示;例如,DMRS配置信息的指示信息Value=0时,其表示终端支持传输层(Rank)的个数为1,其对应的正交端口索引(portindex)为0;又如,当Value=15时,其表示终端支持传输层(Rank)的个数为4,其对应的正交端口索引(port index)为4~7;需要说明的是,这里的正交端口索引仅为举例,具体的正交端口号可以以其他数字表示。The indication information of the DMRS configuration information is represented by Value; for example, when the indication information of the DMRS configuration information is Value=0, it indicates that the terminal supports the number of transport layers (Rank) is 1, and its corresponding orthogonal port index (portindex) is 0; for another example, when Value=15, it indicates that the number of transport layers (Rank) supported by the terminal is 4, and the corresponding orthogonal port index (port index) is 4 to 7; it should be noted that the positive value here is 4. The cross port index is only an example, and the specific orthogonal port number may be represented by other numbers.

如表3所示的表格所列port组合基本可以覆盖8port及以下所有配置,其中reserved可以用于额外组合(combination),来增加调度灵活性,尽管已列组合已能满足调度需求。As shown in Table 3, the port combinations listed in the table can basically cover all configurations of 8 ports and below, in which reserved can be used for additional combinations (combination) to increase scheduling flexibility, although the listed combinations can already meet the scheduling requirements.

如表3所示的DMRS配置信息表适用于正交DMRS实现最大8流/层数据传输或者图9对应的pattern(config.1 2符号)。The DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 3 is suitable for orthogonal DMRS to realize maximum 8 streams/layer data transmission or the pattern corresponding to FIG. 9 (config.1 2 symbols).

本实施例中的DMRS配置信息表按照LTE表格设计(即,以codeword个数划分列),对应的value值需要4bit的指示开销。The DMRS configuration information table in this embodiment is designed according to the LTE table (that is, divided into columns by the number of codewords), and the corresponding value value requires an indication overhead of 4 bits.

如表4所示,该DMRS配置信息表是以SU-MU-MIMO中,单个终端(UE)最大可支持正交端口数为12设计的DMRS配置信息表。As shown in Table 4, the DMRS configuration information table is a DMRS configuration information table designed for a maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported by a single terminal (UE) in SU-MU-MIMO.

表4Table 4

最大12 ports DMRSUp to 12 ports DMRS

其中DMRS配置信息的指示信息用Value表示;例如,DMRS配置信息的指示信息Value=0时,其表示终端支持传输层(Rank)的个数为1,其对应的正交端口索引(portindex)为0;又如当DMRS配置信息的指示信息Value=24时,其表示终端支持传输层(Rank)的个数为4,其对应的正交端口索引(port index)为8~11。需要说明的是,这里的正交端口索引仅为举例,具体的正交端口号可以以其他数字表示。The indication information of the DMRS configuration information is represented by Value; for example, when the indication information of the DMRS configuration information is Value=0, it indicates that the terminal supports the number of transport layers (Rank) is 1, and its corresponding orthogonal port index (portindex) is 0; for another example, when the indication information of the DMRS configuration information is Value=24, it indicates that the number of transport layers (Rank) supported by the terminal is 4, and the corresponding orthogonal port index (port index) is 8-11. It should be noted that the orthogonal port index here is only an example, and the specific orthogonal port number may be represented by other numbers.

如表4所示的表格所列port组合基本可以覆盖12port及以下所有配置,其中reserved可以用于额外组合(combination),来增加调度灵活性,尽管已列组合已能满足调度需求。The port combinations listed in the table shown in Table 4 can basically cover all configurations of 12 ports and below, in which reserved can be used for additional combinations (combination) to increase scheduling flexibility, although the listed combinations can already meet the scheduling requirements.

如表4所示的DMRS配置信息表适用于正交DMRS实现最大12流/层数据传输或者图10对应的pattern(config.2 2符号)。The DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 4 is suitable for orthogonal DMRS to realize maximum 12 streams/layer data transmission or the pattern corresponding to FIG. 10 (config.2 2 symbols).

本实施例中的DMRS配置信息表按照LTE表格设计(即,以codeword个数划分列),对应的value值需要5bit的指示开销。The DMRS configuration information table in this embodiment is designed according to the LTE table (that is, divided into columns by the number of codewords), and the corresponding value value requires an indication overhead of 5 bits.

实施上述表1~表4所示的实施例,针对每一最大可支持正交端口数设计对应的DMRS配置信息表,可以满足NR系统中不同场景的需求。例如用于极高可靠性极低时延通信(Ultra-Reliable and Low-Latency Communication,URLLC)场景的pattern而不只是用于增强移动宽带(Enhanced Mobile Broadband,eMBB)的pattern,针对其他不同的pattern重新考虑表格的设计。By implementing the embodiments shown in Tables 1 to 4 above, a corresponding DMRS configuration information table is designed for each maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported, which can meet the requirements of different scenarios in the NR system. For example, the pattern used in Ultra-Reliable and Low-Latency Communication (URLLC) scenarios is not only the pattern used in Enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB), but also for other different patterns. Rethink the design of the table.

本实施例中设计了多个DMRS配置信息表还可以是DMRS pattern配置类型,简称DMRS配置类型(configuration type)来设计的不同的DMRS配置信息表,在传输之前,根据不同的configuration type信息选择或者在不同信息表中进行切换。In this embodiment, multiple DMRS configuration information tables are designed, which may also be different DMRS configuration information tables designed by DMRS pattern configuration type, referred to as DMRS configuration type. Switch between different information sheets.

configuration type分为两种,与其对应的DMRS配置信息表分别如表3所示的最大8port(configuration type1)和如表4所示的最大12port(configuration type2)两张table相同,在此不再赘述。表1~表4所示的DMRS配置信息表与不同的DMRS pattern对应,或者与系统支持的最大可支持的正交端口数对应,或者与不同的DMRS配置类型,其对应的pattern或者最大可支持的正交端口数4、6、8、12或DMRS配置类型等可以通过显性信令如RRC、MAC CE或DCI指示,也可以和场景对应的其他配置参数绑定,如频点,载波间隔、帧结构等。There are two types of configuration types. The corresponding DMRS configuration information tables are the same as the maximum 8port (configuration type1) shown in Table 3 and the maximum 12port (configuration type2) shown in Table 4, which will not be repeated here. . The DMRS configuration information tables shown in Tables 1 to 4 correspond to different DMRS patterns, or to the maximum number of orthogonal ports supported by the system, or to different DMRS configuration types. The number of orthogonal ports 4, 6, 8, 12 or DMRS configuration type can be indicated by explicit signaling such as RRC, MAC CE or DCI, or can be bound with other configuration parameters corresponding to the scene, such as frequency, carrier spacing , frame structure, etc.

实施例二Embodiment 2

本实施例中,将描述DMRS配置信息表的分列设计方式,不同于LTE的分列方式,本实施例中,不依据codeword number进行划分,而是基于最大可支持正交端口数按照一定比例进行划分或者将大于正交端口数大于一定数值以及小于等于一定数值的分为左右两列,或者依据接收端的传输层数(即UE RANK)进行分列。In this embodiment, the design method of the DMRS configuration information table by column will be described. Different from the column layout of LTE, in this embodiment, the division is not based on the codeword number, but is based on the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported in a certain proportion. Divide or divide the number of orthogonal ports greater than a certain value and less than or equal to a certain value into two columns on the left and right, or according to the number of transmission layers (ie, UE RANK) of the receiving end.

如表5所示,以是最大可支持正交端口数等于12为例进行说明的,该信息表的左边一列是正交端口数小于等于8,而右边一列是正交端口数大于8。As shown in Table 5, the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported is 12 as an example.

表5table 5

分列按照总port数的某个比例分列Sort by a certain proportion of the total number of ports

总层数or config.2 2symbol pattern,比例取值2/3The total number of layers or config.2 2symbol pattern, the ratio is 2/3

表5示意是的以最大可支持可支持可支持正交port数/2对信息表进行分列,这只是一种示意,本申请实施例中,还可以有其他的分列方式,如表6和表7所示,是按照UE的传输层数(RANK)来进行的划分,其原则就是尽可能使得表格左右两列的有效信息的行数是均衡的,以此进一步降低存储开销。Table 5 shows that the information table is sorted by the maximum number of supportable and supportable orthogonal ports/2. This is only an illustration. In this embodiment of the present application, there may also be other sorting methods, such as Table 6 As shown in Table 7, the division is performed according to the number of transmission layers (RANK) of the UE. The principle is to make the number of rows of valid information in the left and right columns of the table as balanced as possible to further reduce storage overhead.

表6Table 6

最大6 ports DMRSMaximum 6 ports DMRS

表7Table 7

最大4 ports DMRSMaximum 4 ports DMRS

实施例三Embodiment 3

本实施例中,将多个DMRS配置信息表集成在一张总信息表中,依据最大可支持正交传输层数或者pattern或是高层信令来进行选择,具体如表8-0所示。In this embodiment, multiple DMRS configuration information tables are integrated into one general information table, and selection is made according to the maximum number of supported orthogonal transmission layers or patterns or high-layer signaling, as shown in Table 8-0.

表8-0Table 8-0

表8-0所示的DMRS配置信息表支持的最大正交port数为12,其他的port数,例如4、6、8对应的DMRS配置信息均为该总信息表的子集,在进行DMRS配置信息选择的时候,可以依据最大可支持正交port数或者与pattern绑定,或者根据高层信令的指示,例如RRC信令,从该总信息表中选择对应的子表。例如,value0-7对应总正交port数为4,value0-13对应总正交port数为6,value0-19对应总正交port数为8,value0-28对应总正交port数为12。The maximum number of orthogonal ports supported by the DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 8-0 is 12. Other port numbers, such as the DMRS configuration information corresponding to 4, 6, and 8, are all subsets of the total information table. When the configuration information is selected, the corresponding sub-table can be selected from the general information table according to the maximum number of orthogonal ports that can be supported or bound to the pattern, or according to the instructions of higher layer signaling, such as RRC signaling. For example, value0-7 corresponds to a total of 4 orthogonal ports, value0-13 corresponds to a total of 6 orthogonal ports, value0-19 corresponds to a total of 8 orthogonal ports, and value0-28 corresponds to a total of 12 orthogonal ports.

实施本申请提供的上述发送DMRS的方法,通过设计多个DMRS配置信息表,可以为NR DMRS port指示降低开销。By implementing the above-mentioned method for sending DMRS provided by the present application, by designing multiple DMRS configuration information tables, the overhead can be reduced for the NR DMRS port indication.

另外,作多个DMRS配置信息表集成在一张总信息表中的具体实现方式,还可以将相同的DMRS配置类型的DMRS配置信息设计到一张总表中,通过DMRS符号信息进行选择。In addition, as a specific implementation manner of integrating multiple DMRS configuration information tables into one general information table, the DMRS configuration information of the same DMRS configuration type can also be designed into one general table, and selected through DMRS symbol information.

具体的,在DMRS配置信息表格中可以包含前导(Front-loaded,FL)DMRS的符号信息,如DMRS符号个数,其中表8-1对应FL DMRS configuration type 1,表8-2对应FL DMRSconfiguration type 2,即每张表格对应不同的FL DMRS type。此外,表格还可以包含CDM组的状态信息(State of CDM group),该CDM组的状态信息可以用作速率匹配信息。Specifically, the DMRS configuration information table may include the symbol information of the Front-loaded (FL) DMRS, such as the number of DMRS symbols, where Table 8-1 corresponds to FL DMRS configuration type 1, and Table 8-2 corresponds to FL DMRS configuration type 2, that is, each table corresponds to a different FL DMRS type. In addition, the table may also contain state information of a CDM group (State of CDM group), and the state information of the CDM group may be used as rate matching information.

表8-1和表8-2中的符号个数(symbol number)一列,分别对应1符号和2符号的Type 1 FL DMRS。本申请实施例中,相同FL DMRS configuration type的1符号和2符号FLDMRS的DMRS端口指示信息包含于同一张表格中,其有益效果是可以通过DCI指示表格中不同的状态,从而实现动态的1符号与2符号的FL DMRS之间的切换。The symbol number column in Table 8-1 and Table 8-2 corresponds to Type 1 FL DMRS of 1 symbol and 2 symbols, respectively. In the embodiment of the present application, the DMRS port indication information of the 1-symbol and 2-symbol FLDMRS of the same FL DMRS configuration type is included in the same table, and the beneficial effect is that the DCI can indicate different states in the table, thereby realizing the dynamic 1-symbol Switch between FL DMRS with 2 symbols.

此外,下面给出的仅为一种示例,符号个数的状态为1和2,分别对应1符号FL DMRS和2符号FL DMRS。在一种实现中,符号个数可以表示为0和1,如0对应1符号FL DMRS,1对应2符号FL DMRS,或者1符号表示为single symbol而2符号表示为double symbols。具体实现中可以有多种表示方法,本申请实施例不做限定。In addition, the following is only an example, and the states of the number of symbols are 1 and 2, which correspond to 1-symbol FL DMRS and 2-symbol FL DMRS, respectively. In one implementation, the number of symbols can be represented as 0 and 1, for example, 0 corresponds to 1 symbol FL DMRS, 1 corresponds to 2 symbol FL DMRS, or 1 symbol is represented as single symbol and 2 symbol is represented as double symbols. There may be various representation methods in specific implementation, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

在另一种实现方式中,DMRS配置信息表格中可以不添加symbol number一列,而是直接通过value值进行隐含指示。比如,表8-1和8-2中可以将symbol number一列去除,而其他元素不改变。此时,发射端通过向接收端指示value值,仍然可以完成1符号FL DMRS和2符号FL DMRS的动态切换。In another implementation manner, a column of symbol number may not be added to the DMRS configuration information table, but implicit indication is directly performed by the value value. For example, in Tables 8-1 and 8-2, the symbol number column can be removed, and other elements remain unchanged. At this time, the transmitting end can still complete the dynamic switching between the 1-symbol FL DMRS and the 2-symbol FL DMRS by indicating the value to the receiving end.

例如,表8-1中value=18包含了大于3的DMRS端口号,而1符号的FL DMRS type1的端口号为0-3,这样接收端可以知道调用了2符号DMRS图样。一种实现方法中,接收端和发送端可以预先定义某些value是对应1符号FL DMRS图样,而某些value是对应2符号FL DMRS图样,例如表8-1中,可以预先定义value 0-10对应1符号FL DMRS,value>11对应2符号FLDMRS,此时,对于相同的调度内容,value=0对应1符号FL DMRS,而value=11对应2符号FLDMRS。通过指示value 0和value 11,接收端获知当前调用的是1符号FL DMRS图样或者2符号FL DMRS图样。For example, value=18 in Table 8-1 contains DMRS port numbers greater than 3, and the port numbers of 1-symbol FL DMRS type1 are 0-3, so that the receiving end can know that the 2-symbol DMRS pattern is invoked. In one implementation method, the receiving end and the transmitting end can predefine some values to correspond to a 1-symbol FL DMRS pattern, and some values to correspond to a 2-symbol FL DMRS pattern. For example, in Table 8-1, the value 0- 10 corresponds to 1-symbol FL DMRS, and value>11 corresponds to 2-symbol FLDMRS. At this time, for the same scheduling content, value=0 corresponds to 1-symbol FL DMRS, and value=11 corresponds to 2-symbol FLDMRS. By indicating value 0 and value 11, the receiving end learns that the current call is a 1-symbol FL DMRS pattern or a 2-symbol FL DMRS pattern.

表8-1考虑符号数的配置类型1的端口组合示例Table 8-1 Example of Port Combinations for Configuration Type 1 Considering the Number of Symbols

表8-2考虑符号数的配置类型2的端口组合示例Table 8-2 Example of Port Combinations for Configuration Type 2 Considering the Number of Symbols

在一种实现方法中,发射端,例如网络侧设备可以在某次调度中仅调度表格的一部分,即子表格或表格的subset,从而节省DCI开销。In an implementation method, the transmitting end, such as a network side device, may schedule only a part of the table, that is, a sub-table or a subset of the table in a certain scheduling, thereby saving DCI overhead.

在一种实现方式中,子表格的选定可以通过RRC信令进行显性配置,即通过RRC信令指示所述DMRS符号信息,动态调度所述1符号对应的DMRS配置类型或2符号对应的DMRS配置类型。In an implementation manner, the selection of the sub-table can be explicitly configured through RRC signaling, that is, the DMRS symbol information is indicated through RRC signaling, and the DMRS configuration type corresponding to the 1 symbol or the DMRS configuration type corresponding to the 2 symbol is dynamically scheduled. DMRS configuration type.

例如,对于表8-2,RRC信令可以指示激活1符号FL DMRS对应的表格,如8-2中value0-22项(即symbol number=1),或者指示整张表格均可以使用,如表格8-2中所有的行(即symbol number=1和symbol number=2)。具体实现中,RRC的信令配置可以通过多种方式实现,比如可以使用独立的RRC信令进行配置或与其他指示FL DMRS信息的RRC信令绑定进行隐性指示。For example, for Table 8-2, the RRC signaling can indicate the table corresponding to the FL DMRS with active 1 symbol, such as the value0-22 items in 8-2 (ie, symbol number=1), or indicate that the entire table can be used, such as the table All lines in 8-2 (ie symbol number=1 and symbol number=2). In specific implementation, the RRC signaling configuration can be implemented in various ways, for example, it can be configured using independent RRC signaling or implicitly indicated by binding with other RRC signaling indicating FL DMRS information.

对于显性指示,可以通过一个独立的RRC信令进行配置。比如RRC中配置set1、set2对应预定义的某些状态集合(如set1对应symbol number=1的状态,set2对应表格中的全部状态),或者直接指示前某些状态(value)被激活(比如8-1中通过‘1010/二进制’表示前11项的value 0-10被使用,或者直接指示某个value值,其前面的所有value状态被激活),或者配置on/off状态进行使能(如off代表仅symbol number=1的被使用,on代表整张表格被使用),或者使用bitmap对表格中的每个value进行指示独立指示,具体RRC配置的方法这里不做限定。For explicit indication, it can be configured through an independent RRC signaling. For example, set1 and set2 are configured in RRC to correspond to certain predefined state sets (for example, set1 corresponds to the state of symbol number=1, and set2 corresponds to all states in the table), or directly indicates that some previous state (value) is activated (such as 8 In -1, '1010/binary' indicates that the value 0-10 of the first 11 items is used, or directly indicates a value value, and all the previous value states are activated), or configure the on/off state to enable (such as off means that only those with symbol number=1 are used, and on means that the entire table is used), or use bitmap to indicate each value in the table independently, and the specific RRC configuration method is not limited here.

另一种实现方式中,子表格的使能可以与其他RRC信令绑定,比如可以与RRC中指示FL DMRS最大符号个数的参数绑定,如与DL-DMRS-max-len或UL-DMRS-max-len绑定。下面以DL进行示例,当DL-DMRS-max-len=1的时候,代表FL DMRS最大的符号个数为1,即系统仅调用1符号的FL DMRS,此时,接收端和发送端仅使用表8-2中1符号FL DMRS对应的状态,如value=0-22。当DL-DMRS-max-len=2的时候,代表FL DMRS最大的符号个数为2,即系统可以调用1符号的FL DMRS图样和2符号的FL DMRS,此时,接收端和发送端可以使用表8-2中1符号和2符号FL DMRS对应的状态,即整张表格中的状态均可以使用。In another implementation manner, the enabling of the sub-table can be bound with other RRC signaling, for example, it can be bound with a parameter in RRC indicating the maximum number of FL DMRS symbols, such as with DL-DMRS-max-len or UL-DMRS DMRS-max-len binding. The following takes DL as an example. When DL-DMRS-max-len=1, the maximum number of symbols representing FL DMRS is 1, that is, the system only calls FL DMRS with 1 symbol. At this time, the receiving end and the transmitting end only use The state corresponding to the 1-symbol FL DMRS in Table 8-2, for example, value=0-22. When DL-DMRS-max-len=2, the maximum number of symbols representing FL DMRS is 2, that is, the system can call the FL DMRS pattern of 1 symbol and the FL DMRS of 2 symbols. Use the states corresponding to the 1-symbol and 2-symbol FL DMRS in Table 8-2, that is, the states in the entire table can be used.

此外,当FL DMRS最大符号个数不同时(如RRC信令中的DL-DMRS-max-len或UL-DMRS-max-len等于1或2时),对应的DMRS端口调度DCI信令长度不同,或比特个数不同,DCI域不同。In addition, when the maximum number of FL DMRS symbols is different (for example, when DL-DMRS-max-len or UL-DMRS-max-len in RRC signaling is equal to 1 or 2), the corresponding DMRS port scheduling DCI signaling length is different , or the number of bits is different, the DCI field is different.

实施例四Embodiment 4

本实施例中将描述本申请提供的方法应用到各种NR场景的具体实现方式。具体的,为在非相关联合传输(Non-coherent joint transmission,NC-JT)2PDCCH或1PDCCH场景下,为两个传输点(TRPs)设置多张与pattern绑定的DMRS配置信息表。In this embodiment, a specific implementation manner of applying the method provided in this application to various NR scenarios will be described. Specifically, in a non-coherent joint transmission (NC-JT) 2PDCCH or 1PDCCH scenario, multiple DMRS configuration information tables bound with a pattern are set for two transmission points (TRPs).

本实施例从不同的DMRS端口组(port group)中选择port组成portcombinations,单PDCCH场景中基站需要将这些端口组合通过一个DCI指示给调度UE,而两PDCCH场景中可以将这些端口组合通过两个DCI指示给UE。DMRS port group的划分和pattern configuration以及端口映射方案有关系。如configuration type 1可能存在两种port mapping方案,如图11或图12所示,而configuration type 2可能存在三种portmapping方案,分贝如图13,图14,图15所示。In this embodiment, ports are selected from different DMRS port groups to form portcombinations. In a single PDCCH scenario, the base station needs to indicate these port combinations to the scheduling UE through one DCI, while in a two PDCCH scenario, these port combinations can be combined through two The DCI is indicated to the UE. The division of the DMRS port group is related to the pattern configuration and port mapping scheme. For example, configuration type 1 may have two port mapping schemes, as shown in Figure 11 or Figure 12, while configuration type 2 may have three portmapping schemes, as shown in Figure 13, Figure 14, and Figure 15 for decibels.

上述各种port mapping方式分别依据先进行端口码分复用后频分复用,或者先进行端口频分复用后码分复用得到。各种不同的port mapping会得到不同的DMRS port分组,分组依据为进行同组码分复用的port只能位于同一个group内。The above-mentioned various port mapping modes are respectively obtained by performing port code division multiplexing first and then frequency division multiplexing, or performing port frequency division multiplexing first and then code division multiplexing. Different port mappings will result in different DMRS port groups. The grouping is based on the fact that the ports for code division multiplexing in the same group can only be located in the same group.

如图11的DMRS分组为{(0,2,4,6),(1,3,5,7)}或各group子集的分组,如{(0,2),(1,3)}。As shown in Figure 11, the DMRS grouping is {(0,2,4,6), (1,3,5,7)} or the grouping of each group subset, such as {(0,2), (1,3)} .

图12的DMRS分组为{(0,1,4,6),(2,3,5,7)}或各group子集的分组。The DMRS grouping in FIG. 12 is {(0, 1, 4, 6), (2, 3, 5, 7)} or a grouping of each group subset.

图13所示的DMRS分组为{(0,1,6,7),(2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11)}或{(0,1,6,7,4,5,10,11),(2,3,8,9)}或{(0,1,6,7,2,3,8,9),(4,5,10,11)}或各group子集的分组。The DMRS groupings shown in Figure 13 are {(0,1,6,7), (2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11)} or {(0,1,6,7,4, 5, 10, 11), (2, 3, 8, 9)} or {(0, 1, 6, 7, 2, 3, 8, 9), (4, 5, 10, 11)} or each group grouping of subsets.

图14的DMRS分组为{(0,3,6,9),(1,4,7,10,2,5,8,11)}或{(0,3,6,9,1,4,7,10),(2,5,8,11)}或{(1,4,7,10),(0,3,6,9,2,5,8,11)}或各group子集的分组。The DMRS grouping of Figure 14 is {(0,3,6,9), (1,4,7,10,2,5,8,11)} or {(0,3,6,9,1,4, 7,10), (2,5,8,11)} or {(1,4,7,10), (0,3,6,9,2,5,8,11)} or each group subset grouping.

图15的DMRS分组为{(0,1,6,9),(2,3,7,10,4,5,8,11)}或{(0,1,6,9,4,5,8,11),(2,3,7,10)}或{(4,5,8,11),(0,1,6,9,2,3,7,10)}或各group子集的分组。The DMRS grouping of Figure 15 is {(0,1,6,9), (2,3,7,10,4,5,8,11)} or {(0,1,6,9,4,5, 8,11), (2,3,7,10)} or {(4,5,8,11), (0,1,6,9,2,3,7,10)} or each group subset grouping.

本实施例需要从不同的group中选择port组成port combinations,因而各个不同的port分组则会形成不同的port组合。下面以各种配置下的其中一种port mapping方案为例来设计DMRS配置信息表。In this embodiment, ports need to be selected from different groups to form port combinations, so different port groups will form different port combinations. The following takes one of the port mapping schemes under various configurations as an example to design the DMRS configuration information table.

例如,如图16为NC-JT pattern和port mapping示意图,对应的准共址(quasi co-location,QCL)分组情况为TRP1使用端口{0,1,6,9}组成的端口组,TRP2使用端口{2,3,4,5,7,8,10,11}。For example, as shown in Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of NC-JT pattern and port mapping, the corresponding quasi co-location (QCL) grouping situation is that TRP1 uses a port group composed of ports {0, 1, 6, 9}, and TRP2 uses a port group composed of ports {0, 1, 6, 9}. Ports {2,3,4,5,7,8,10,11}.

为支持如图16所示的NC-JT的1PDCCH场景,表9示意的DMRS配置信息表在表4示意的DMRS配置信息表的基础上,左列增加了value值=25~32的对应行,右列增加了value值=4~18的对应行,具体内容参见表9。In order to support the 1PDCCH scenario of NC-JT as shown in Figure 16, the DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 9 is based on the DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 4, and the corresponding rows with value = 25 to 32 are added to the left column, Corresponding rows with value = 4 to 18 are added to the right column. For details, see Table 9.

表9Table 9

最大12 ports DMRS(pattern config2-2symbol),单PDCCHMaximum 12 ports DMRS (pattern config2-2symbol), single PDCCH

为支持如图16所示的NC-JT的2PDCCH场景,表10示意的DMRS配置信息表在表4示意的DMRS配置信息表的基础上,左列增加了value值=25~32的对应行,右列增加了value值=4~7的对应行,具体内容参见表10。In order to support the 2PDCCH scenario of NC-JT as shown in Figure 16, the DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 10 is based on the DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 4, and the corresponding rows with value = 25 to 32 are added to the left column, Corresponding rows with value = 4 to 7 are added to the right column. For details, see Table 10.

表10Table 10

最大12 ports DMRS(pattern config2-2symbol),2PDCCHsMaximum 12 ports DMRS (pattern config2-2symbol), 2PDCCHs

图17为NC-JT对应的pattern和port mapping的又一示意图,对应的准共址(quasico-location,QCL)分组情况为TRP1使用端口{0,2,4,6}组成的端口组,TRP2使用端口{1,3,5,7}。Figure 17 is another schematic diagram of the pattern and port mapping corresponding to NC-JT. The corresponding quasico-location (QCL) grouping situation is that TRP1 uses a port group composed of ports {0, 2, 4, 6}, and TRP2 Use ports {1,3,5,7}.

为支持如图17所示的NC-JT的1PDCCH场景,表11示意的DMRS配置信息表在表3示意的DMRS配置信息表的基础上,左列增加了value值=16~19的对应行,右列增加了value值=4~10的行,具体内容参见表11。In order to support the 1PDCCH scenario of NC-JT as shown in Figure 17, the DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 11 is based on the DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 3, and the corresponding rows with value = 16 to 19 are added to the left column, Rows with value = 4 to 10 are added to the right column. For details, see Table 11.

表11Table 11

最大8 ports DMRS(pattern config1-2symbol),单PDCCHMaximum 8 ports DMRS (pattern config1-2symbol), single PDCCH

为支持如图17所示的NC-JT的2PDCCH场景,表12示意的DMRS配置信息表在表3示意的DMRS配置信息表的基础上,左列增加了value值=16~23的对应行,具体内容参见表12。In order to support the 2PDCCH scenario of NC-JT as shown in Figure 17, the DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 12 is based on the DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 3, and the corresponding rows with value = 16 to 23 are added to the left column, See Table 12 for details.

表12Table 12

最大8 ports DMRS(pattern config1-2symbol),2PDCCHsMaximum 8 ports DMRS (pattern config1-2symbol), 2PDCCHs

图18为NC-JT对应的pattern和port mapping的又一示意图,对应的准共址(quasico-location,QCL)分组情况为TRP1使用端口{0,1}组成的端口组,TRP2使用端口{2,3,4,5}。Figure 18 is another schematic diagram of the pattern and port mapping corresponding to NC-JT. The corresponding quasico-location (QCL) grouping situation is that TRP1 uses a port group composed of ports {0, 1}, and TRP2 uses port {2 ,3,4,5}.

为支持如图18所示的NC-JT的1PDCCH场景,表13示意的DMRS配置信息表在表2示意的DMRS配置信息表的基础上,右列增加了value值=12~15的对应行。左列增加了value值=2的对应行,具体内容参见表13。In order to support the 1PDCCH scenario of NC-JT as shown in FIG. 18 , the DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 13 is based on the DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 2, and corresponding rows with value=12-15 are added to the right column. In the left column, the corresponding row with value=2 is added. For details, see Table 13.

表13Table 13

最大6 ports DMRS(pattern config2-1symbol),单PDCCHMaximum 6 ports DMRS (pattern config2-1symbol), single PDCCH

为支持如图28所示的NC-JT的2PDCCH场景,表14示意的DMRS配置信息表在表2示意的DMRS配置信息表的基础上,左列增加了value值=12的对应行,具体的内容参见表14。In order to support the 2PDCCH scenario of NC-JT as shown in Figure 28, the DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 14 is based on the DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 2, and the corresponding row with value = 12 is added to the left column. See Table 14 for the content.

表14Table 14

最大6 ports DMRS(pattern config2-1symbol),两PDCCHMaximum 6 ports DMRS (pattern config2-1symbol), two PDCCH

图19为NC-JT对应的pattern和port mapping的又一示意图,对应的准共址(quasico-location,QCL)分组情况为TRP1使用端口{0,2}组成的端口组,TRP2使用端口{1,3}。Figure 19 is another schematic diagram of the pattern and port mapping corresponding to NC-JT. The corresponding quasico-location (QCL) grouping situation is that TRP1 uses a port group composed of ports {0, 2}, and TRP2 uses port {1 ,3}.

为支持如图19所示的NC-JT的1PDCCH场景,表15-1示意的DMRS配置信息表在表1示意的DMRS配置信息表的基础上,右列增加了value值=8的对应行,具体内容参见表15-1。In order to support the 1PDCCH scenario of NC-JT as shown in Figure 19, the DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 15-1 is based on the DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 1, and the corresponding row with value = 8 is added to the right column, For details, see Table 15-1.

表15-1Table 15-1

最大4 ports DMRS(pattern config1-1symbol),单PDCCHMaximum 4 ports DMRS (pattern config1-1symbol), single PDCCH

为支持如图19所示的NC-JT的2PDCCH场景,表15-2示意的DMRS配置信息表在表1示意的DMRS配置信息表的基础上,左列增加了value值=8~9的对应行,具体的内容参见表15-2。In order to support the 2PDCCH scenario of NC-JT as shown in Figure 19, the DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 15-2 is based on the DMRS configuration information table shown in Table 1, and the corresponding value = 8 to 9 is added to the left column. OK, see Table 15-2 for details.

表15-2Table 15-2

最大4 ports DMRS(pattern config1-1symbol),两PDCCHMaximum 4 ports DMRS (pattern config1-1symbol), two PDCCH

根据前述实施例一至实施例四中任一个实施例,在针对不同的NR场景或传输需求时,发射端在其中选择合适的DMRS配置信息,并根据选择的DMRS配置信息得到DMRS指示信息后发送至接收端。According to any one of the foregoing Embodiments 1 to 4, in response to different NR scenarios or transmission requirements, the transmitter selects appropriate DMRS configuration information, obtains DMRS indication information according to the selected DMRS configuration information, and sends it to Receiving end.

接收端在接收到表示DMRS指示信息的value值时,根据该value值所表示的正交传输层数或者正交端口号,或者未被DMRS占用的资源,在相应的时频资源位置上解调参考信号。When the receiving end receives the value representing the DMRS indication information, it demodulates at the corresponding time-frequency resource position according to the number of orthogonal transmission layers or the orthogonal port number represented by the value, or the resources not occupied by the DMRS. reference signal.

为了便于基站调度,在MU-MIMO场景下,对于一个特定的接收端,DMRS端口会首先从一个CDM组内调度,然后再跨CDM组调度,这种调度规则可以被称为CDM优先的调度规则。考虑DMRS port指示表格中同时包含SU和MU的状态,特别的,对于SU-MIMO的调度,不同的调度规则有不同的有益处。下面将给出例子进行具体说明。考虑如下端口映射顺序:In order to facilitate base station scheduling, in the MU-MIMO scenario, for a specific receiver, the DMRS ports are first scheduled from within a CDM group, and then across CDM groups. This scheduling rule can be called a CDM-first scheduling rule . Considering that the DMRS port indication table contains both SU and MU states, in particular, for SU-MIMO scheduling, different scheduling rules have different benefits. Examples will be given below for specific description. Consider the following port mapping sequence:

对于1符号DMRS type 1,CDM组1包含端口为{0,1},CDM组2包含端口为{2,3};For 1-symbol DMRS type 1, CDM group 1 contains ports {0,1}, and CDM group 2 contains ports {2,3};

对于2符号DMRS type 1,CDM组1包含端口为{0,1,4,5},CDM组2包含端口为{2,3,6,7};For 2-symbol DMRS type 1, CDM group 1 contains ports {0,1,4,5}, and CDM group 2 contains ports {2,3,6,7};

对于1符号DMRS type 2,CDM组1包含端口为{0,1},CDM组2包含端口为{2,3},CDM组3包含端口为{4,5}。For 1-symbol DMRS type 2, CDM group 1 includes ports {0,1}, CDM group 2 includes ports {2,3}, and CDM group 3 includes ports {4,5}.

对于2符号DMRS type 2,CDM组1包含端口为{0,1,6,7},CDM组2包含端口为{2,3,8,9},CDM组3包含端口为{4,5,10,11}。For 2-symbol DMRS type 2, CDM group 1 contains ports {0,1,6,7}, CDM group 2 contains ports {2,3,8,9}, CDM group 3 contains ports {4,5, 10,11}.

对于SU,发送端可以按照如下规则对接收端的DMRS端口进行分配。下面将具体说明,其中值得注意的是,这里仅给出具体的调度规则,当DMRS映射规则改变时,例子中的DMRS端口号分配可能改变,但是调度规则不会改变。For the SU, the sender can allocate the DMRS ports of the receiver according to the following rules. It will be described in detail below. It is worth noting that only specific scheduling rules are given here. When the DMRS mapping rules are changed, the DMRS port number allocation in the example may change, but the scheduling rules will not change.

CDM优先调度:对于接收端,DMRS端口优先从一个CDM组中调度,当CDM组中端口号被全部占用后,再从另一个端口组中调度。该方案具有SU调度和MU调度规律相同的优点。下面针对DMRS type给出具体例子,如下例子可以表示为DMRS端口调度表格(如8-1、8-2)中的某一行(value)。CDM priority scheduling: For the receiver, DMRS ports are scheduled from one CDM group first, and when all the port numbers in the CDM group are occupied, they are scheduled from another port group. This scheme has the same advantages as SU scheduling and MU scheduling. A specific example is given below for the DMRS type. The following example may be represented as a certain row (value) in the DMRS port scheduling table (eg, 8-1, 8-2).

对于1符号DMRS type 1,当接收端被调用2层时,调度端口可以为0,1(或2,3),即调度端口为同一个CDM组内;当接收端被调用3层时,调度端口可以为0,1,2,即CDM组1被全部调度,然后在调度CDM组2内的端口2。具体表16-1中可以体现为如下行状态信息。For 1-symbol DMRS type 1, when the receiver is called to layer 2, the scheduling port can be 0, 1 (or 2, 3), that is, the scheduling port is in the same CDM group; when the receiver is called to layer 3, the scheduling port The ports can be 0, 1, 2, that is, CDM group 1 is all scheduled, and then port 2 in CDM group 2 is scheduled. The specific table 16-1 can be embodied as the following row status information.

表16-1DMRS类型1示例Table 16-1 Example of DMRS Type 1

valuevalue number of co-scheduled CDM groupsnumber of co-scheduled CDM groups UE RankUE Rank portsports symbol numbersymbol number XX 11 22 0,10,1 11 YY 22 33 0,1,20,1,2 11

对于2符号DMRS type 1而言,当接收端被调用4层时,调度端口可以为0,1,4,5,即调度端口为先从同一个CDM组内调度;当接收端被调用5层时,调度端口可以为0,1,4,5,2,即CDM组1被全部调度,然后在调度CDM组2内的端口。具体如表16-2中可以体现为如下行状态信息:For 2-symbol DMRS type 1, when the receiver is called to layer 4, the scheduling port can be 0, 1, 4, 5, that is, the scheduling port is scheduled from the same CDM group first; when the receiver is called to layer 5 , the scheduling ports can be 0, 1, 4, 5, 2, that is, CDM group 1 is all scheduled, and then the ports in CDM group 2 are scheduled. Specifically, as shown in Table 16-2, it can be reflected as the following row status information:

表16-2 DMRS类型1示例Table 16-2 Examples of DMRS Type 1

对于1符号DMRS type 2而言,当接收端被调用3层时,调度端口可以为0,1,2,即CDM组1被全部占用,然后在调度CDM组2内的端口;当接收端被调用5层时,调度端口可以为0,1,2,3,4,即CDM组1、2被全部占用,然后调度CDM组3内的端口,如表16-3所示:For 1-symbol DMRS type 2, when the receiver is called to Layer 3, the scheduling ports can be 0, 1, and 2, that is, CDM group 1 is fully occupied, and then the ports in CDM group 2 are scheduled; When calling layer 5, the scheduling ports can be 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4, that is, CDM groups 1 and 2 are all occupied, and then the ports in CDM group 3 are scheduled, as shown in Table 16-3:

表16-3 DMRS类型2示例Table 16-3 Examples of DMRS Type 2

对于2符号DMRS type 2而言,当接收端被调用3层时,调度端口可以为0,1,6,即CDM组1被占用,即优先从CDM组1中进行调度;当接收端被调用5层时,调度端口可以为0,1,6,7,2,即CDM组1被全部调度,然后在调度CDM组2内的端口,如表16-4所示:For 2-symbol DMRS type 2, when the receiver is called to Layer 3, the scheduling port can be 0, 1, 6, that is, CDM group 1 is occupied, that is, scheduling is given priority from CDM group 1; when the receiver is called At layer 5, the scheduling ports can be 0, 1, 6, 7, and 2, that is, CDM group 1 is all scheduled, and then the ports in CDM group 2 are scheduled, as shown in Table 16-4:

表16-4 DMRS类型2示例Table 16-4 Examples of DMRS Type 2

FDM优先调度:对于接收端,DMRS端口调度首先跨CDM组调度,当每个CDM组均有端口被调度后,然后再从第一个CDM组中进行调度,然后继续跨CDM组调度。其主要思想是使得每个CDM组内被调度的DMRS端口个数尽量平均。比如当3个端口被调用时,对于type 2,3个CDM组内各调用一个端口。该方案具有SU调度时每个CDM组被使用的DMRS端口平均的特点,使得每个CDM组内功率更加平均。下面给出的端口号顺序仅为示例以便更好地理解,具体实现时,端口号的书写顺序并没有限定,如0,2,1,3,4可以写为0,1,2,3,4FDM priority scheduling: For the receiving end, DMRS port scheduling is first scheduled across CDM groups. After each CDM group has ports scheduled, it is scheduled from the first CDM group, and then continues to be scheduled across CDM groups. The main idea is to make the number of scheduled DMRS ports in each CDM group as average as possible. For example, when three ports are called, for type 2, one port is called in each of the three CDM groups. The scheme has the characteristic of averaging the DMRS ports used in each CDM group during SU scheduling, which makes the power in each CDM group more even. The order of the port numbers given below is only an example for better understanding. During the specific implementation, the writing order of the port numbers is not limited. For example, 0,2,1,3,4 can be written as 0,1,2,3, 4

对于1符号DMRS type 1,当接收端被调用2层时,调度端口可以为0,2,即优先跨CDM组调度端口;当接收端被调用3层时,调度端口可以为0,1,2,即CDM组1、2被各调度1个端口,然后再调用CDM组1内的端口。如表16-5所示:For 1-symbol DMRS type 1, when the receiver is called to layer 2, the scheduling port can be 0, 2, that is, the port is preferentially scheduled across CDM groups; when the receiver is called to layer 3, the scheduling port can be 0, 1, 2 , that is, CDM groups 1 and 2 are scheduled to have one port each, and then the ports in CDM group 1 are called. As shown in Table 16-5:

表16-5 DMRS类型1示例Table 16-5 Examples of DMRS Type 1

对于2符号DMRS type 1而言,当接收端被调用2层时,调度端口可以为0,2,即优先跨CDM组调度;当接收端被调用5层时,调度端口可以为0,2,1,3,4,即被调度的DMRS端口在CDM组内尽量平均分配。如表16-6所示:For 2-symbol DMRS type 1, when the receiver is called to layer 2, the scheduling port can be 0, 2, that is, scheduling across CDM groups is prioritized; when the receiver is called to layer 5, the scheduling port can be 0, 2, 1, 3, and 4, that is, the scheduled DMRS ports are allocated as evenly as possible in the CDM group. As shown in Table 16-6:

表16-6 DMRS类型1示例Table 16-6 Examples of DMRS Type 1

对于1符号DMRS type 2而言,当接收端被调用3层时,调度端口可以为0,2,4,即CDM组1、2、3被全部占用1个DMRS端口;当接收端被调用4层时,调度端口可以为0,2,4,1即CDM组1、2、3均被占用过,然后再重新调度CDM组1内的端口。如表16-7所示:For 1-symbol DMRS type 2, when the receiver is called to Layer 3, the scheduling ports can be 0, 2, and 4, that is, CDM groups 1, 2, and 3 are all occupied by 1 DMRS port; when the receiver is called with 4 When the layer is configured, the scheduling ports can be 0, 2, 4, and 1, that is, CDM groups 1, 2, and 3 are all occupied, and then the ports in CDM group 1 are re-scheduled. As shown in Table 16-7:

表16-7 DMRS类型2示例Table 16-7 Examples of DMRS Type 2

对于2符号DMRS type 2而言,当接收端被调用3层时,调度端口可以为0,2,4,;当接收端被调用8层时,调度端口可以为0,1,2,3,4,5,6,8。如表16-8所示:For 2-symbol DMRS type 2, when the receiver is called to layer 3, the scheduling port can be 0, 2, 4, and when the receiver is called to layer 8, the scheduling port can be 0, 1, 2, 3, 4,5,6,8. As shown in Table 16-8:

表16-8 DMRS类型1示例Table 16-8 Examples of DMRS Type 1

此外,对于FDM优先的调度方案,具体实现时,可以对FDM优先调度的CDM组的个数进行限定,以提升SU调度时候的频谱效率。比如,对于DMRS type 2中的3个CDM组,可以限定SU时候对于其中2个CDM组进行FDM优先调度。此时,对于type 2来说,当6层(或者6个DMRS端口)被调用时,调度端口可以为0,1,2,3,6,8,即CDM组1、和2被调度,当8层被调度时,调度端口可以为0,1,2,3,6,7,8,9,即CDM组1和2均被调用3个端口。这种方案的好处是CDM组3可以用来传输数据,提升频谱效率。如表16-9所示:In addition, for the FDM-priority scheduling scheme, during specific implementation, the number of CDM groups scheduled by FDM-priority may be limited, so as to improve the spectrum efficiency during SU scheduling. For example, for three CDM groups in DMRS type 2, it may be limited to perform FDM priority scheduling for two of the CDM groups during SU. At this time, for type 2, when 6 layers (or 6 DMRS ports) are called, the scheduling ports can be 0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8, that is, CDM groups 1 and 2 are scheduled. When When Layer 8 is scheduled, the scheduling ports can be 0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, and 9, that is, CDM groups 1 and 2 are both called with 3 ports. The advantage of this solution is that CDM group 3 can be used to transmit data and improve spectral efficiency. As shown in Table 16-9:

表16-9 DMRS类型2示例Table 16-9 Examples of DMRS Type 2

连续端口号调度:对于接收端,DMRS端口按照DMRS端口号的大小依次连续进行调度。无关该方案具有表格设计简便的特点。如3层对应DMRS端口号为0-2,5层对应DMRS端口号为0-4,8层对应DMRS端口为0-7。Continuous port number scheduling: For the receiving end, DMRS ports are continuously scheduled according to the size of the DMRS port numbers. Nothing to do with the program has the characteristics of simple table design. For example, the corresponding DMRS port numbers for layer 3 are 0-2, the corresponding DMRS port numbers for layer 5 are 0-4, and the corresponding DMRS ports for layer 8 are 0-7.

具体实施时,以上调度规则可以进行组合、补充、或者同时出现。比如如对于同时包含1符号和2符号DMRS type 1(或type 2)的表格,表格中可以存在CDM优先调度、FDM优先调度、连续端口号调度的状态,以增加系统调度的灵活性。During specific implementation, the above scheduling rules may be combined, supplemented, or appear simultaneously. For example, for a table containing both 1-symbol and 2-symbol DMRS type 1 (or type 2), the table may contain CDM priority scheduling, FDM priority scheduling, and continuous port number scheduling to increase the flexibility of system scheduling.

一种实现方法中,对于相同symbol number相同的调度层数,表格中可以同时包含CDM优先调度和FDM优先调度的两种状态,增加调度灵活、或者频谱效率。如表16-10所示:In an implementation method, for the same number of scheduling layers with the same symbol number, the table may simultaneously include two states of CDM priority scheduling and FDM priority scheduling, thereby increasing scheduling flexibility or spectrum efficiency. As shown in Table 16-10:

表16-10 DMRS类型1示例Table 16-10 Examples of DMRS Type 1

或者,在一种实现方式中,表格中可以对于大于特定调度层数使用连续端口号调度的规则,小于特定调度层数使用FDM或者CDM优先调度规则。如表16-11所示:Alternatively, in an implementation manner, the table may use a continuous port number scheduling rule for a number of scheduling layers greater than a specific number, and use an FDM or CDM priority scheduling rule for a number of scheduling layers less than a specific number. As shown in Table 16-11:

表16-11 DMRS类型1示例Table 16-11 Examples of DMRS Type 1

valuevalue number of co-scheduled CDM groupsnumber of co-scheduled CDM groups UE RankUE Rank portsports symbol numbersymbol number XX 33 33 0,2,40,2,4 22 YY 22 88 0-70-7 22

又或者,表格中可以对于1符号或者2符号FL DMRS配置使用不同的调度规则或多种规则的组合。比如对于type 2的1符号使用先FDM的调度规则,而对于type 2的2符号对于两个CDM组使用先FDM的调度规则,以此提升2符号时候SU调度的频谱效率。如表16-12所示:Alternatively, different scheduling rules or a combination of multiple rules may be used in the table for 1-symbol or 2-symbol FL DMRS configurations. For example, the FDM-first scheduling rule is used for the 1-symbol of type 2, and the FDM-first scheduling rule is used for the 2-symbol of type 2 for two CDM groups, so as to improve the spectral efficiency of SU scheduling when the 2-symbol is used. As shown in Table 16-12:

表16-12 DMRS类型2示例Table 16-12 Examples of DMRS Type 2

需要注意的是,以上实施例仅给出的SU调度的规则,对于具体的端口映射没有限制,可以理解对,对于具体不同的端口映射顺序,相同的调度规则可以得到不同的被调度DMRS端口号。如CDM组1内端口为{0,1,4,5},CDM组2内端口为{2,3,6,7}时,按照FDM调度优先原则,6层对应的端口号为0,1,2,3,4,6;而当CDM组1内端口为{0,1,4,6},CDM组2内端口为{2,3,5,7}时,按照FDM调度优先原则,6层对应的端口号为0,1,2,3,4,5;可以理解的,在不同的端口映射顺序的情况下,以上两种端口号调度的技术本质相同。It should be noted that the above embodiments only provide SU scheduling rules, and there are no restrictions on specific port mappings. It can be understood that, for specific different port mapping sequences, the same scheduling rule can obtain different scheduled DMRS port numbers. . For example, when the port in CDM group 1 is {0,1,4,5} and the port in CDM group 2 is {2,3,6,7}, according to the principle of FDM scheduling priority, the port number corresponding to layer 6 is 0,1 ,2,3,4,6; and when the ports in CDM group 1 are {0,1,4,6} and the ports in CDM group 2 are {2,3,5,7}, according to the FDM scheduling priority principle, The port numbers corresponding to Layer 6 are 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; it is understandable that in the case of different port mapping sequences, the above two port number scheduling technologies are essentially the same.

综上所述,本申请实施例提供的DMRS配置信息表中,可以添加CDM组信息,或者DMRS的符号信息,或者RMI信息以进行速率匹配。To sum up, in the DMRS configuration information table provided in this embodiment of the present application, CDM group information, or DMRS symbol information, or RMI information may be added to perform rate matching.

下面详细对此进行说明。表17-1和表17-2为对应不同DMRS配置(DMRSconfiguration type)的DMRS端口指示表格(DMRS port assignment table),其中表16-1对应DMRS type 1,表17-2对应DMRS type 2。这里表17-1和17-2按照codeword个数分为两列以节省bit开销,具体实现中可以按照其他方式设计表格的结构,这里仅为示例。This will be described in detail below. Table 17-1 and Table 17-2 are DMRS port assignment tables corresponding to different DMRS configurations (DMRS configuration types), wherein Table 16-1 corresponds to DMRS type 1, and Table 17-2 corresponds to DMRS type 2. Here, Tables 17-1 and 17-2 are divided into two columns according to the number of codewords to save bit overhead. In the specific implementation, the structure of the table can be designed in other ways. This is just an example.

本实施例中,假设DMRS type 1和type 2的具体DMRS端口映射规则如下:In this embodiment, it is assumed that the specific DMRS port mapping rules of DMRS type 1 and type 2 are as follows:

对于1符号DMRS type 1,CDM组1包含端口为{0,1},CDM组2包含端口为{2,3};For 1-symbol DMRS type 1, CDM group 1 contains ports {0,1}, and CDM group 2 contains ports {2,3};

对于2符号DMRS type 1,CDM组1包含端口为{0,1,4,5},CDM组2包含端口为{2,3,6,7};For 2-symbol DMRS type 1, CDM group 1 contains ports {0,1,4,5}, and CDM group 2 contains ports {2,3,6,7};

对于1符号DMRS type 2,CDM组1包含端口为{0,1},CDM组2包含端口为{2,3},CDM组3包含端口为{4,5}。For 1-symbol DMRS type 2, CDM group 1 includes ports {0,1}, CDM group 2 includes ports {2,3}, and CDM group 3 includes ports {4,5}.

对于2符号DMRS type 2,CDM组1包含端口为{0,1,6,7},CDM组2包含端口为{2,3,8,9},CDM组3包含端口为{4,5,10,11}。For 2-symbol DMRS type 2, CDM group 1 contains ports {0,1,6,7}, CDM group 2 contains ports {2,3,8,9}, CDM group 3 contains ports {4,5, 10,11}.

具体实施中,可以有不同的DMRS端口映射规则,本实施例中仅为便于说明。具体的对于不同的映射规则,表格中调度的规则不会发生改变。In specific implementation, there may be different DMRS port mapping rules, and this embodiment is only for convenience of description. Specifically, for different mapping rules, the rules scheduled in the table will not change.

可以看到,对于每种DMRS配置,表格中可以加入DMRS的符号个数信息(symbolnumber),以及RMI信息以进行DMRS的速率匹配。It can be seen that, for each DMRS configuration, the symbol number information (symbol number) of the DMRS and the RMI information can be added to the table to perform rate matching of the DMRS.

可选的,这里的可以用于DMRS速率匹配的RMI信息可以是当前系统内被占用的CDM组的个数,或者可以为当前系统内CDM组被占用的组合状态,或者可以为被占用的CDM组的序号,表17-1和表17-2中给出的CDM组的个数(number of co-scheduled CDM groups)方式仅为示例。对于CDM组个数或CDM被占用的组合状态两种方法,可以使用前述实施例中方法。对于被占用的CDM组序号方式,一种实现方法为,当1个CDM组被占用时,对应表格中RMI为“1”,表示CDM组1被占用,当2个CDM组被占用时,对应表格中RMI为“1,2”,表示CDM组1、2被占用,当3个CDM组被占用时,对应表格中RMI为“1,2,3”,表示CDM组1、2、3被占用,具体实现时,被占用的CDM组的个数可以和CDM组序号的对应关系发生改变,这里给出的仅为示例。Optionally, the RMI information that can be used for DMRS rate matching here can be the number of occupied CDM groups in the current system, or can be the combined state of occupied CDM groups in the current system, or can be occupied CDM groups. The serial number of the group, the number of co-scheduled CDM groups given in Table 17-1 and Table 17-2 are only examples. For the two methods of the number of CDM groups or the combined state of occupied CDMs, the methods in the foregoing embodiments may be used. For the occupied CDM group serial number method, an implementation method is, when one CDM group is occupied, the RMI in the corresponding table is "1", indicating that CDM group 1 is occupied, and when 2 CDM groups are occupied, the corresponding In the table, the RMI is "1,2", indicating that CDM groups 1 and 2 are occupied. When three CDM groups are occupied, the corresponding RMI in the table is "1,2,3", indicating that CDM groups 1, 2, and 3 are occupied. Occupation, during specific implementation, the corresponding relationship between the number of occupied CDM groups and the CDM group serial numbers may be changed, and this is only an example.

可选的,表格中添加了DMRS的符号信息,一种实现方法中,可以在某次调度中仅使用表格中的一部分,以节省DCI的开销。比如,当系统当前DMRS最大符号个数为1符号时,在某次调度中仅配置表格中1符号对应的状态,即symbol number=1对应的状态,当系统通知当前DMRS最大符号个数为2时,配置表格中的全部状态。该表格配置的方法可以为前面实施例中给出的方案,如使用独立的RRC信令选择表格的一部分,如symbol number=1对应的状态,或者与表格的配置可以与DMRS最大符号个数的信令绑定,具体实现可以使用上面实施例中的方法,这里不再重复。另一种实现方法中,表格中可以不包括DMRS符号个数信息,即symbol number一列,DMRS符号信息通过value值隐性表示,比如,可以预先定义,表格17-1中value=0-10,对应1符号DMRS type 1的信息,value=11-34对应2符号DMRS type 1的信息。Optionally, the symbol information of the DMRS is added to the table. In an implementation method, only a part of the table may be used in a certain scheduling, so as to save the overhead of DCI. For example, when the current maximum number of DMRS symbols in the system is 1 symbol, only the state corresponding to 1 symbol in the table is configured in a certain scheduling, that is, the state corresponding to symbol number=1. When the system notifies that the current maximum number of DMRS symbols is 2 , configure all the states in the table. The table configuration method can be the solution given in the previous embodiment, such as using independent RRC signaling to select a part of the table, such as the state corresponding to symbol number=1, or the configuration of the table can be related to the maximum number of DMRS symbols. For the signaling binding, the specific implementation may use the method in the above embodiment, which will not be repeated here. In another implementation method, the table may not include information on the number of DMRS symbols, that is, a column of symbol number, and the DMRS symbol information is implicitly represented by the value value. Corresponds to information of 1-symbol DMRS type 1, and value=11-34 corresponds to information of 2-symbol DMRS type 1.

可选的,表格中可以同时包括多种调度规则。比如表17-1中,one codeword下,value=2对应接收端当前正交端口个数(层数)为2,端口号为0,1,即CDM优先的调度规则,value=35对应接收端当前正交端口个数为2,端口号为0,2,及FDM优先的调度规则。具体实现中,可以将value=2和value=35的状态在表格中同时保留,以满足调度的灵活性;或者可以仅保留value=35,去除value=2,保证SU为FDM优先调度,此时接收端可以根据端口号调度规则隐性获知当前为SU状态;或者可以保留value=2,去除value=35,以CDM优先原则进行调度,提升频谱效率。具体的,表格17-1中,value=0-34为满足基本调度需求的一种方案,value=35-38为不同的调度方法,在一种实现方法中,表格中可以不包含value=35-38以减小开销,或者可以将value=35-38的一个或多个与value=0-34中的一个或多个项进行替换,实现特定的调度需求,或者表格中可以保留value=35-38中的一个或者多个项,以实现灵活调度。相似的,表格17-2中,two codeword下,value=24为6层时CDM优先的调度规则,value=73为6层时连续DMRS端口号调度方案,value=74为6层时2个CDM组内的FDM优先调度规则,具体实现中,可以保留三种方案的任意一种或者多种,满足灵活调度或者节省开销的需求。具体的,表格17-2中,value=0-70为满足基本调度需求的一种方案,value=71-81为不同的调度方法,在具体实施中,表格中可以不包含value=71-81以减小开销,或者可以将value=71-81的一个或多个与value=0-70中的一个或多个项替换,如one codeword下保留value=71的状态而去除value=2的状态,以实现特定的调度需求,或者表格中可以保留value=71-81中的一个或者多个项,以实现灵活调度。可以理解的,表格17-1和17-2中给出的调度方案仅为示例,具体实现中,可以增加其他的调度方案以提升调度灵活性和满足调度需求。Optionally, the table may include multiple scheduling rules at the same time. For example, in Table 17-1, under one codeword, value=2 corresponds to the current number of orthogonal ports (layers) at the receiving end is 2, and the port number is 0, 1, which is the CDM priority scheduling rule, and value=35 corresponds to the receiving end The current number of orthogonal ports is 2, the port numbers are 0, 2, and the FDM priority scheduling rule. In the specific implementation, the states of value=2 and value=35 can be kept in the table at the same time to meet the flexibility of scheduling; or only value=35 can be kept, and value=2 can be removed to ensure that SU is FDM priority scheduling. The receiving end can implicitly learn that the current state is SU according to the port number scheduling rule; or can keep value=2, remove value=35, and perform scheduling based on the CDM priority principle to improve spectrum efficiency. Specifically, in Table 17-1, value=0-34 is a solution to meet the basic scheduling requirements, and value=35-38 is a different scheduling method. In an implementation method, the table may not include value=35 -38 to reduce overhead, or one or more of value=35-38 can be replaced with one or more items of value=0-34 to achieve specific scheduling requirements, or value=35 can be reserved in the table One or more of -38 for flexible scheduling. Similarly, in Table 17-2, under two codewords, value=24 is the scheduling rule for CDM priority at layer 6, value=73 is the scheduling scheme for consecutive DMRS port numbers at layer 6, and value=74 is 2 CDMs at layer 6 For the FDM priority scheduling rule in the group, in the specific implementation, any one or more of the three schemes can be reserved to meet the requirements of flexible scheduling or saving overhead. Specifically, in Table 17-2, value=0-70 is a solution to meet the basic scheduling requirements, and value=71-81 is a different scheduling method. In the specific implementation, the table may not include value=71-81 To reduce overhead, or replace one or more items of value=71-81 with one or more items of value=0-70, such as retaining the state of value=71 and removing the state of value=2 under one codeword , to achieve specific scheduling requirements, or one or more items of value=71-81 can be reserved in the table to achieve flexible scheduling. It can be understood that the scheduling solutions given in Tables 17-1 and 17-2 are only examples. In specific implementation, other scheduling solutions can be added to improve scheduling flexibility and meet scheduling requirements.

可选的,表格17-1和17-2给出的是一种通过codeword的个数节省DCI开销的方案。具体实现中,可以不通过codeword个数进行分类,比如,可以通过接收端正交端口层数(DMRS正交端口个数)分为多个列,节省DCI开销;或者将表格17-1(或表格17-2)中onecodeword和two codeword的状态分为不同的表格,对应不同的bit开销;或者可以将表格17-1(或表格17-2)中one codeword和two codeword的状态一起编码,如表格17-1的value=0-38对应接收端正交层数小于等于4层状态,大于等于39的value值对应表格17-1中twocodeword中的状态(接收端正交层数大于4层),一种实现方法见表格16-3和17-4所示,具体实现中可以对指示状态的顺序进行改变,或者某些项进行替换,或者去除,以实现不同调度需求,也可以配置某次调度使用表格中的某些状态以节省开销,具体实现方法见前述实施例。此外,表格中可以包含SU和MU状态的指示,如表17-3和17-3括号中所示,可以理解的,具体实现中可以不包含SU和MU的状态指示信息,该处仅给出一种可能的实现方法。Optionally, Tables 17-1 and 17-2 provide a solution for saving DCI overhead through the number of codewords. In specific implementation, classification may not be performed by the number of codewords. For example, the number of orthogonal ports at the receiving end (the number of DMRS orthogonal ports) can be divided into multiple columns to save DCI overhead; or table 17-1 (or table The states of one codeword and two codeword in 17-2) are divided into different tables, corresponding to different bit overheads; or the states of one codeword and two codeword in table 17-1 (or table 17-2) can be encoded together, as shown in the table The value=0-38 of 17-1 corresponds to the state where the number of orthogonal layers at the receiving end is less than or equal to 4, and the value greater than or equal to 39 corresponds to the state in the twocodeword in Table 17-1 (the number of orthogonal layers at the receiving end is greater than 4), a The implementation method is shown in Tables 16-3 and 17-4. In the specific implementation, the order of the indicated states can be changed, or some items can be replaced or removed to achieve different scheduling requirements, and a certain scheduling can also be configured to use the table. In order to save overhead, see the foregoing embodiments for the specific implementation method. In addition, the table can contain the indication of SU and MU status, as shown in brackets in Tables 17-3 and 17-3. It is understandable that the specific implementation may not contain the status indication information of SU and MU, which is only given here. one possible implementation.

表17-1 DMRS端口组合类型1示例Table 17-1 Example of DMRS port combination type 1

表17-2 DMRS端口组合类型2示例Table 17-2 Example of DMRS port combination type 2

表17-3 DMRS端口组合类型1示例Table 17-3 Example of DMRS port combination type 1

表17-4 DMRS端口组合类型2示例Table 17-4 Example of DMRS port combination type 2

在LTE中,MU-MIMO时,最大支持4个正交端口,这些端口使用相同的RE资源。这样设计的好处是可以有效的避免MU-MIMO时DMRS的速率匹配(rate matching,RM)问题。简单来说速率匹配就是指终端需要知道其时频资源内哪些RE没有数据传输,从而数据解调时避开这些RE,以进行正确的数据译码。比如,在下行传输时中,终端的时频资源内有些RE可能被控制信道或者RS占用,如果基站没有将这些RE的位置信息通知终端,终端会将这些位置的RS或者控制信息当作数据进行解调,从而引入译码误差。In LTE, during MU-MIMO, a maximum of 4 orthogonal ports are supported, and these ports use the same RE resources. The advantage of this design is that the rate matching (RM) problem of DMRS in MU-MIMO can be effectively avoided. To put it simply, rate matching means that the terminal needs to know which REs in its time-frequency resources have no data transmission, so as to avoid these REs during data demodulation, so as to perform correct data decoding. For example, during downlink transmission, some REs in the time-frequency resources of the terminal may be occupied by control channels or RSs. If the base station does not notify the terminal of the location information of these REs, the terminal will treat the RSs or control information of these locations as data. demodulation, thereby introducing decoding errors.

在单用户MIMO(single user multiple-input multiple-output,SU-MIMO)场景下,基站仅与一个终端进行通信,时频资源内仅传输该终端的信息(RS、控制信令、数据等)。此时,终端可以根据自己的信息(如自己的端口、层数等信息)直接得知自己的DMRS的RE位置,在数据译码时避开这些RE。因此在SU时候并不存在DMRS的rate matching问题。In a single user multiple-input multiple-output (SU-MIMO) scenario, the base station communicates with only one terminal, and only information (RS, control signaling, data, etc.) of the terminal is transmitted in the time-frequency resources. At this time, the terminal can directly know the RE positions of its own DMRS according to its own information (such as its own port, number of layers, etc.), and avoid these REs during data decoding. Therefore, there is no rate matching problem of DMRS in SU.

对于多用户MIMO(multi-user multiple-input multiple-output,MU-MIMO),基站同时与多个终端进行通信,终端之间通过使用正交的DMRS端口(port)保证正交性,端口间的正交性可以使用时分复用(time division multiplexing,TDM)、频分复用(frequencydivision multiplexing,FDM)、或者码分复用(code division multiplexing,CDM)保证。当使用TDM和FDM时,正交的DMRS端口占用不同的时、频资源。此时,该DMRS端口所占用的RE上就不能传输其他DMRS端口的数据。比如,port1、port2通过FDM或者TDM正交,port1占用RE1,那么基站就不会在RE1上传输port2的数据,以免port2的数据对port1的DMRS产生噪声干扰,影响信道估计精度。然而,当port1与port2通过CDM正交时,就不存在以上问题,这是因为port1与port2的DMRS虽然占用相同的RE,但是两者通过码分复用方式进行复用的,从而保证了两个端口的DMRS之间的正交性。For multi-user MIMO (multi-user multiple-input multiple-output, MU-MIMO), the base station communicates with multiple terminals at the same time, and the terminals use orthogonal DMRS ports to ensure orthogonality. Orthogonality can be guaranteed using time division multiplexing (TDM), frequency division multiplexing (FDM), or code division multiplexing (CDM). When using TDM and FDM, orthogonal DMRS ports occupy different time and frequency resources. At this time, the REs occupied by the DMRS port cannot transmit data of other DMRS ports. For example, if port1 and port2 are orthogonal through FDM or TDM, and port1 occupies RE1, the base station will not transmit the data of port2 on RE1, so as to prevent the data of port2 from causing noise interference to the DMRS of port1 and affecting the channel estimation accuracy. However, when port1 and port2 are orthogonal through CDM, the above problem does not exist. This is because although the DMRS of port1 and port2 occupy the same RE, they are multiplexed by code division multiplexing, thus ensuring two Orthogonality between the DMRSs of the ports.

在MU-MIMO时,终端需要知道被共同调度的其他终端的端口信息,从而获得哪些RE位置被其他终端的所使用端口的DMRS占用,不会传输本终端的数据。如果终端不能获得这些信息,终端会将其他用户的DMRS当作自己的数据进行解调,从而导致译码错误。In MU-MIMO, the terminal needs to know the port information of other terminals that are co-scheduled, so as to obtain which RE positions are occupied by the DMRS of the ports used by other terminals, and will not transmit the data of the terminal. If the terminal cannot obtain the information, the terminal will demodulate the DMRS of other users as its own data, resulting in a decoding error.

在LTE中,MU-MIMO的rate matching问题通过保证调度端口的DMRS通过CDM复用的方式解决,此时,所有终端的DMRS都通过CDM复用与相同的RE上,从而避免了DMRS的ratematching问题,这种设计可以称为对终端透明的MU-MIMO。然而,如前面介绍的,LTE中为了保证这种透明的设计,使得MU-MIMO仅能支持最大4个正交端口。In LTE, the rate matching problem of MU-MIMO is solved by ensuring that the DMRS of the scheduling port is multiplexed by CDM. At this time, the DMRS of all terminals are multiplexed with the same RE through CDM, thus avoiding the ratematching problem of DMRS. , this design can be called MU-MIMO transparent to the terminal. However, as described above, in order to ensure this transparent design in LTE, MU-MIMO can only support a maximum of 4 orthogonal ports.

在NR系统,例如5G中,为了充分发挥MU-MIMO的优势,标准中已经采纳了MU-MIMO支持12个最大正交端口的设计。考虑到现有标准中采纳的DMRS pattern仅能支持最大4个端口的CDM复用,LTE中的透明式的方案不再适用。In NR systems, such as 5G, in order to give full play to the advantages of MU-MIMO, the design of MU-MIMO supporting 12 maximum orthogonal ports has been adopted in the standard. Considering that the DMRS pattern adopted in the existing standard can only support CDM multiplexing of a maximum of 4 ports, the transparent solution in LTE is no longer applicable.

因而一种新的MU-MIMO的DMRS rate matching设计十分重要,DMRS的ratematching可以通过如下方式解决:Therefore, a new MU-MIMO DMRS rate matching design is very important. The DMRS rate matching can be solved in the following ways:

第一种:DMRS所对应的资源单元,例如:符号(symbol)位置上所有子载波不传输数据:这种方案无需信令指示,但是会造成较大的频谱资源浪费。比如图20中UE0使用端口1~端口4,UE1使用端口5~端口8,端口9~端口12位置对应的RE全部不传输数据,就会造成极大的资源浪费。The first type: the resource unit corresponding to the DMRS, for example, all subcarriers in the symbol position do not transmit data: this scheme does not require signaling indication, but will cause a large waste of spectrum resources. For example, in Figure 20, UE0 uses ports 1 to 4, UE1 uses ports 5 to 8, and all REs corresponding to the positions of ports 9 to 12 do not transmit data, which will cause a huge waste of resources.

第二种,直接通知UE其他UE的端口序号:当其他UE占用较多端口时,会造成较大的信令开销,如UE0使用端口1~2,UE1使用端口5~端口8的时候,就需要向UE0通知UE1所使用的端口5~8,并且向UE1通知UE0所使用的端口1-2,这种方式,需要的信令开销特别大。The second is to directly notify the UE of the port numbers of other UEs: when other UEs occupy more ports, it will cause a large signaling overhead. For example, when UE0 uses ports 1 to 2, and UE1 uses ports 5 to 8, the It is necessary to notify UE0 of ports 5-8 used by UE1, and notify UE1 of ports 1-2 used by UE0. In this way, the required signaling overhead is particularly large.

具体的,需要1/0bit map指示DMRS port组绝对位置,比如图34中每一个DMRS端口组使用1bit进行单独的指示,对于图20中含有6个端口组,需要6bits进行指示实际发送层数并使用端口分配规则约束:比如直接指示当前基站调度的层数,对于图20,存在需要分别指示1-12层的可能,需要4bits进行指示。Specifically, a 1/0 bit map is required to indicate the absolute position of the DMRS port group. For example, each DMRS port group in Figure 34 uses 1 bit for individual indication. For the 6 port groups in Figure 20, 6 bits are required to indicate the actual number of transmission layers and Use port allocation rule constraints: for example, directly indicate the number of layers scheduled by the current base station. For Figure 20, there is a possibility that layers 1-12 need to be indicated respectively, and 4 bits are required to indicate.

为了实现更有效的数据传输,本申请提出一种和最大可支持端口数或DMRSpattern或者该pattern中的CDM端口组个数或DMRS configuration type对应的速率匹配指示方案,来匹配5G DMRS传输需求。In order to achieve more efficient data transmission, the present application proposes a rate matching indication scheme corresponding to the maximum number of supported ports or DMRSpattern or the number of CDM port groups in the pattern or DMRS configuration type to match 5G DMRS transmission requirements.

下面对本申请提供的DMRS速率匹配指示和接收的方法进行说明。The following describes the DMRS rate matching indication and receiving method provided by the present application.

如图21所示,为本申请提供的一种解调参考信号速率匹配指示和接收的方法。该方法可以包括:As shown in FIG. 21 , a method for indicating and receiving the rate matching of a demodulation reference signal provided by the present application. The method can include:

S201:发射端生成解调参考信号DMRS指示信息;所述DMRS指示信息用于指示可用于承载DMRS的资源中未被DMRS占用的资源;S201: The transmitting end generates demodulation reference signal DMRS indication information; the DMRS indication information is used to indicate the resources that are not occupied by the DMRS in the resources that can be used to bear the DMRS;

其中,所述DMRS指示信息通过指示量化的当前正交传输层数,或当前已被使用端口组状态组合,或当前非本接收端使用的正交传输层数或端口组状态,或需被静默的资源单元,以指示可用于承载DMRS的资源中未被DMRS占用的资源。Wherein, the DMRS indication information indicates the quantized current number of orthogonal transmission layers, or the combination of the currently used port group status, or the number of orthogonal transmission layers or port group status currently not used by the receiving end, or needs to be silenced resource element to indicate the resources not occupied by the DMRS among the resources available for carrying the DMRS.

在一种实现方式中,发射端发送所述DMRS指示信息之前,还包括:In an implementation manner, before the transmitting end sends the DMRS indication information, the method further includes:

发送DMRS传输方案指示信息,用于指示所述当前DMRS传输方案;不同的DMRS传输方案对应的最大可支持正交端口数不同,或对应的DMRS图样或对应的DMRS配置类型不同。Sending DMRS transmission scheme indication information to indicate the current DMRS transmission scheme; different DMRS transmission schemes correspond to different maximum numbers of orthogonal ports that can be supported, or corresponding DMRS patterns or corresponding DMRS configuration types.

具体的,不同的最大可支持端口数或者DMRS图样(或DMRS图样中CDM端口组个数),或者DMRS配置类型使用不同的DMRS指示信息进行指示,例如,对于对于正交端口,最大可支持端口数为4,6,8,12的MU-MIMO场景,或者对于非正交端口,最大可支持端口数分别为8,12,16,24;这些最大可支持的端口数分别有对应的DMRS速率匹配状态信息,这些DMRS速率匹配状态至少有两种是不同的。Specifically, different maximum supportable ports or DMRS patterns (or the number of CDM port groups in the DMRS pattern), or DMRS configuration types are indicated by different DMRS indication information. For example, for orthogonal ports, the maximum supportable ports MU-MIMO scenarios with numbers of 4, 6, 8, and 12, or for non-orthogonal ports, the maximum supported ports are 8, 12, 16, and 24; these maximum supported ports have corresponding DMRS rates. Matching state information, at least two of these DMRS rate matching states are different.

DMRS指示信息则是让接收端知道速率匹配状态,也即,时频资源内,哪些资源单元还没有被其他接收端的DMRS占用,而是用于数据传输,接收端在数据解调的时候就可以在这些资源单元上进行正确的数据译码。The DMRS indication information is to let the receiver know the rate matching status, that is, in the time-frequency resource, which resource units are not occupied by the DMRS of other receivers, but are used for data transmission, and the receiver can demodulate the data. Correct data decoding is performed on these resource units.

另一种实现方式中,该DMRS指示信息针对不同的DMRS图样或DMRS图样中包含的DMRS端口组的个数(比如可以有两张表格分别对应DMRS图样中含有2个或者3个DMRS端口组)来配置的,一般来讲,一种DMRS图样就对应着一种支持最大可支持端口数的MU-MIMO场景,该DMRS图样示意出其支持多少个正交的CDM端口组,每一个端口组由多少个资源单元组成,因此针对不同的DMRS图样配置不同的DMRS指示信息,也可以让接收端指示,在时频资源内,哪些资源单元还没有被用于DMRS传输,而是用于数据传输,接收端便可以正确的进行数据解调。In another implementation manner, the DMRS indication information refers to different DMRS patterns or the number of DMRS port groups included in the DMRS patterns (for example, there may be two tables corresponding to the DMRS patterns containing 2 or 3 DMRS port groups respectively) Generally speaking, a DMRS pattern corresponds to a MU-MIMO scenario that supports the maximum number of supported ports. The DMRS pattern indicates how many orthogonal CDM port groups it supports. Each port group consists of Therefore, different DMRS indication information is configured for different DMRS patterns, and the receiver can also indicate which resource units have not been used for DMRS transmission in the time-frequency resources, but are used for data transmission. The receiving end can correctly demodulate the data.

再一种实现方式中,DMRS指示信息还可以针对DMRS配置类型(congfigrationtype)来进行配置。In another implementation manner, the DMRS indication information may also be configured for a DMRS configuration type (configrationtype).

在具体的实现中,因此,本申请实施例中为描述方便,上述的DMRS指示信息可以用value值来表示,在具体实现的时候,可以为N bits,其中N与DMRS图样中包含的DMRS端口组个数M(CS/OCC/CS+OCC),相关。对于不同pattern或DMRS配置类型(type),X的取值数可以不同。比如,对于包含2个DMRS端口组(M=2)的DMRS configuration type1,N可以是1bit或者2bits,对于包含3个DMRS端口组(M=3)的DMRS configuration type2,N可以是2或3bits。In specific implementation, therefore, for the convenience of description in the embodiments of the present application, the above DMRS indication information may be represented by a value value, and in specific implementation, it may be N bits, where N and the DMRS port included in the DMRS pattern The number of groups M (CS/OCC/CS+OCC), related. For different patterns or DMRS configuration types (types), the number of values for X can be different. For example, for a DMRS configuration type1 including 2 DMRS port groups (M=2), N may be 1 bit or 2 bits, and for a DMRS configuration type2 including 3 DMRS port groups (M=3), N may be 2 or 3 bits.

如下表18所示,这是一个DMRS指示信息的例子,本实施例的DMRS指示信息主要是用作速率匹配的,因此用Rate matching指示信息表示,具体形式并不局限于以下形式,可以是表格,或者数字,或者公式,其中有P中状态,P的个数可以用满N bits(用满所有信令状态),或者大于N bits(增加系统调度灵活性或其他设计需求),或者小于N bits(量化以节省信令开销)。M_p为速率匹配状态信息(Rate matching information,RMI)或包含DMRS速率匹配信息的参数集合(parameter set),终端可以根据M_p的指示完成关于DMRS的速率匹配。上述速率匹配状态信息在后续和图示中用RMI来表示,仅为描述方便,对其含义不作限定。在具体实现中,该速率匹配状态信息可以用正交传输层数的量化值来表示或端口号或CDM组等前述方法表示。As shown in Table 18 below, this is an example of DMRS indication information. The DMRS indication information in this embodiment is mainly used for rate matching, so it is represented by Rate matching indication information. The specific form is not limited to the following forms, and can be a table , or numbers, or formulas, in which there are states in P, the number of P can be full N bits (full of all signaling states), or greater than N bits (increasing system scheduling flexibility or other design requirements), or less than N bits (quantized to save signaling overhead). M_p is rate matching information (Rate matching information, RMI) or a parameter set (parameter set) including DMRS rate matching information, and the terminal may complete rate matching on DMRS according to the instruction of M_p. The above rate matching state information is represented by RMI in the following and in the figures, which is only for the convenience of description, and its meaning is not limited. In a specific implementation, the rate matching state information may be represented by a quantized value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers, or represented by the aforementioned methods such as port numbers or CDM groups.

表18Table 18

Rate matching指示信息与速率匹配状态信息相关,当速率匹配状态信息可以用具体的正交传输层数来表示时,上述的DMRS指示信息是从DMRS配置信息中确定的,所述DMRS配置信息中还包括总正交端口数的指示信息,该总正交端口数的指示信息可以指示实际可能出现的所有正交端口数,或者实际可能出现的所有正交端口数的量化值。所述所有正交端口数的量化值是DMRS正交层数信息,或者是DMRS天线正交端口集合指示信息,或者DMRS天线正交端口的CDM组信息,或者是依据CDM大小生成的信息。The rate matching indication information is related to the rate matching state information. When the rate matching state information can be represented by a specific number of orthogonal transmission layers, the above DMRS indication information is determined from the DMRS configuration information, and the DMRS configuration information also includes Including indication information of the total number of orthogonal ports, the indication information of the total number of orthogonal ports may indicate the number of all orthogonal ports that may actually appear, or the quantized value of the number of all orthogonal ports that may actually appear. The quantized value of the number of all orthogonal ports is DMRS orthogonal layer number information, or DMRS antenna orthogonal port set indication information, or CDM group information of DMRS antenna orthogonal ports, or information generated according to the CDM size.

在具体的实现中,正交传输层数的量化值可以是DMRS层数信息,或者是DMRS天线端口集合信息,或者DMRS天线端口的CDM组信息。所述DMRS层数信息中,DMRS层数是一个CDM组中的DMRS天线端口数量的整数倍。比如,对于一个含有两个DMRS天线端口组的DMRS图样,假设端口组1为{1,2,3,4},端口组2为{5,6,7,8},可以量化为4层与8层。此外,所述DMRS层数信息中,DMRS层数还可以是一个CDM组中的从小到大排序时连续的DMRS天线端口数量的整数倍,比如,对于CDM组{1,2,5,7}和{3,4,6,8},可以量化为2层与4层。这些信息,都可以让接收端识别出哪些资源单元是被用于本接收端的DMRS传输,哪些资源单元是用于CDM复用的其他接收端的DMRS传输,剩下的资源单元便是用于与本接收端相关的数据传输,因此,本接收端在相应的资源单元上进行数据解调。In a specific implementation, the quantized value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers may be DMRS layer number information, or DMRS antenna port set information, or CDM group information of DMRS antenna ports. In the information on the number of DMRS layers, the number of DMRS layers is an integer multiple of the number of DMRS antenna ports in a CDM group. For example, for a DMRS pattern with two DMRS antenna port groups, assuming that port group 1 is {1, 2, 3, 4} and port group 2 is {5, 6, 7, 8}, it can be quantized as 4 layers and 8 floors. In addition, in the information on the number of DMRS layers, the number of DMRS layers may also be an integer multiple of the number of consecutive DMRS antenna ports in a CDM group in ascending order, for example, for a CDM group {1, 2, 5, 7} and {3, 4, 6, 8}, which can be quantized into 2 and 4 layers. All these information allow the receiving end to identify which resource units are used for DMRS transmission at the receiving end, and which resource units are used for DMRS transmission at other receiving ends for CDM multiplexing, and the remaining resource units are used for the transmission of DMRS at the receiving end. The data transmission related to the receiving end, therefore, the receiving end performs data demodulation on the corresponding resource unit.

应理解的是,速率匹配状态信息的内容可能根据DMRS pattern的端口映射顺序不同而不同,比如,可以包括但不限定于:It should be understood that the content of the rate matching status information may vary according to the port mapping order of the DMRS pattern, for example, it may include but not limited to:

1、DMRS端口组mute状态或者被使用的状态:速率匹配状态信息指示各DMRS端口组的状态,RM内容与端口映射顺序无关,CDM组编号顺序并没有具体限制,比如可以是按照端口组内端口最小序号从小到大进行排序。1. DMRS port group mute status or used status: The rate matching status information indicates the status of each DMRS port group, the RM content has nothing to do with the port mapping order, and the CDM group numbering order is not specifically limited, for example, it can be based on the ports in the port group. The smallest sequence number is sorted from smallest to largest.

2、分档量化的系统当前正交传输层数2. The current number of orthogonal transmission layers of the quantized system

假设DMRS端口号为p=y+v,y是端口号偏移量,可以保证p为NR定义的DMRS端口最小值,v=1,2,….是PDSCH当前正交传输层数(LTE中是8ports)。对v进行分档量化,以节省rate matching的DCI信令开销,在具体实现中,可以向上量化,向下量化,Assuming that the DMRS port number is p=y+v, and y is the port number offset, it can be guaranteed that p is the minimum value of the DMRS port defined by NR, and v=1, 2, . . . is the current number of orthogonal transmission layers of PDSCH (in LTE is 8ports). Quantize v in sub-bins to save the DCI signaling overhead of rate matching.

2.1、向上分档量化的系统当前总层数(速率匹配状态信息内容与映射顺序相关)可以等于每个CDM组内连续的端口号个数或最大port序号(假设y=0,仅当每个CDM组内的port编号都是连续的从小到大、或者从大到小),例如{1,2,3,4}{5,6,7,8}{9,10,11,12},对于相同的DMRS pattern,映射顺序改变时会RMI内容发生变化。2.1. The current total number of layers of the system quantified by the upward grading (the content of the rate matching status information is related to the mapping order) can be equal to the number of consecutive port numbers or the maximum port number in each CDM group (assuming y=0, only when each The port numbers in the CDM group are consecutive from small to large, or from large to small), such as {1,2,3,4}{5,6,7,8}{9,10,11,12}, For the same DMRS pattern, the RMI content will change when the mapping order is changed.

2.2、向下分档量化的系统当前总正交传输层数,这种方式中速率匹配状态信息的内容与DMRS pattern的映射顺序无关,可以等于CDM组连续的最小端口号,或其从1开始编号的量化(假设y=0,端口从1开始编号)。2.2. The current total number of orthogonal transmission layers of the system with downward quantization. In this method, the content of the rate matching status information has nothing to do with the mapping order of the DMRS pattern, which can be equal to the minimum continuous port number of the CDM group, or it starts from 1 Quantization of numbering (assuming y=0, ports are numbered from 1).

2.3 DMRS组内端口号从小到大排序时,从小开始,连续的DMRS编号个数,比如两个DMRS端口组{1,2,5,6}和{3,4,7,8},可以量化为2和4层。2.3 When port numbers in a DMRS group are sorted from small to large, starting from small, the number of consecutive DMRS numbers, such as two DMRS port groups {1,2,5,6} and {3,4,7,8}, can be quantified for 2 and 4 layers.

需要说明的是,之所以用正交传输层数的量化值,是因为如果要指示接收端具体的正交传输层数,例如指示正交传输层数{1,2,3,4},需要2个bits来进行指示,而将正交传输层数{1,2,3,4}量化成一个值,例如向上量化成正交传输层数4,或者向下量化成正交传输层数1,或者用2或3来表示改组正交传输层数{1,2,3,4,}则指示正交传输层数的量化值只需要一个bit就可以指示了,例如用0表示正交传输层数的量化值4,因此可以减少指示开销。It should be noted that the reason why the quantization value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers is used is that if you want to indicate the specific number of orthogonal transmission layers at the receiving end, such as indicating the number of orthogonal transmission layers {1, 2, 3, 4}, you need to 2 bits to indicate, and quantize the number of orthogonal transmission layers {1, 2, 3, 4} into a value, for example, quantize up to the number of orthogonal transmission layers of 4, or quantize down to the number of orthogonal transmission layers of 1 , or use 2 or 3 to represent the number of shuffled orthogonal transmission layers {1, 2, 3, 4,} to indicate that the quantization value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers only needs one bit to indicate, for example, use 0 to represent orthogonal transmission The quantization value of the number of layers is 4, so the indication overhead can be reduced.

2.4 DMRS组状态信息或DMRS组序号或组编号;或DMRS组个数,其中,所述CDM组个数为系统中被占用/调度(co-scheldued)的CDM组。2.4 DMRS group status information or DMRS group serial number or group number; or the number of DMRS groups, where the number of CDM groups is the CDM group that is occupied/scheldued in the system.

S202:发射端通过时频资源发送DMRS指示信息。S202: The transmitter sends DMRS indication information through time-frequency resources.

具体实现中,本申请实施例将不同最大可支持端口数或不同DMRS图样对应的速率匹配方式通过DMRS指示信息进行指示,一种方式是隐性指示,另一种方式是通过显性信令的方式进行指示。In the specific implementation, the embodiments of the present application indicate the rate matching modes corresponding to different maximum numbers of supported ports or different DMRS patterns through DMRS indication information. One way is implicit indication, and the other way is through explicit signaling. way to indicate.

隐性指示方案中,上述正交传输层数的量化值配置在DMRS配置信息表中,而DMRS指示信息采用DMRS配置信息表中的DMRS指示信息(value)来进行指示;该DMRS配置信息表可以与LTE中的类似,例如,LTE中的天线端口数(Antenna ports),扰码指示(scramblingidentity)和正交传输层数指示(number of layers indication),它还可以包含DMRS端口数、端口索引、序列生成信息、CDM类型中的至少一种,在此基础上,添加正交传输层数的量化值。该DMRS配置信息表可以同时保存在发射端和接收端上,发射端向接收端发送指示信息,应理解的是,发射端向接收端发送LTE中原有的DCI信令(由于沿用LTE的信令,该DCI信令可能不会命名为指示信息,但是其可以指示速率匹配方案),接收端通过该信令同时获得自己的端口信息与系统的量化总传输层数,结合该两个信息,计算出其他接收端使用的端口。也即,接收端识别出哪些资源单元是被用于本接收端的DMRS传输,哪些资源单元是用于CDM复用的其他接收端的DMRS传输,剩下的资源单元便是用于与本接收端相关的数据传输,因此,本接收端在相应的资源单元上进行数据解调。In the implicit indication scheme, the quantization value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers is configured in the DMRS configuration information table, and the DMRS indication information is indicated by the DMRS indication information (value) in the DMRS configuration information table; the DMRS configuration information table can be Similar to that in LTE, for example, the number of antenna ports (Antenna ports), the scrambling code indication (scrambling identity) and the number of layers indication (number of layers) in LTE, it may also include the number of DMRS ports, port index, At least one of sequence generation information and CDM type, and on this basis, a quantization value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers is added. The DMRS configuration information table can be stored on the transmitter and receiver at the same time, and the transmitter sends indication information to the receiver. It should be understood that the transmitter sends the original DCI signaling in LTE to the receiver (due to the use of LTE signaling , the DCI signaling may not be named as indication information, but it can indicate a rate matching scheme), the receiving end obtains its own port information and the total number of quantized transmission layers of the system through this signaling, and combines the two information to calculate out the port used by other receivers. That is, the receiving end identifies which resource units are used for the DMRS transmission of the receiving end, which resource units are used for the DMRS transmission of other receiving ends of CDM multiplexing, and the remaining resource units are used for the receiving end. Therefore, the receiving end performs data demodulation on the corresponding resource unit.

在显性信令指示方案中,上述的DMRS指示信息和速率匹配状态信息的对应关系通过独立于LTE中的DMRS配置信息表而存在,也即DMRS指示信息和速率匹配状态信息之间的对应关系没有隐含在DMRS配置信息表中,因此发射端和接收端除了分别保存有DMRS配置信息表之外,还分别保存DMRS指示信息和速率匹配状态信息的对应关系配置表(或者该信息表可以通过RRC进行配置),该对应关系配置表独立于DMRS配置信息表而存在,发射端通过显性信令的方式,将速率配置指示信息发送给接收端,接收端将该DMRS指示信息作为索引,在对应关系配置表中查找对应的速率匹配状态信息,接收端将该速率匹配状态信息与所述DMRS配置信息表相结合,识别出哪些资源单元是被用于被本接收端的DMRS占用,哪些资源单元是被CDM复用的其他接收端的DMRS占用,剩下的资源单元便是用于与本接收端相关的数据传输,因此,本接收端在相应的资源单元上进行数据解调。In the explicit signaling indication scheme, the above-mentioned correspondence between the DMRS indication information and the rate matching state information exists independently from the DMRS configuration information table in LTE, that is, the correspondence between the DMRS indication information and the rate matching state information It is not implied in the DMRS configuration information table, so the transmitting end and the receiving end not only save the DMRS configuration information table, but also save the corresponding relationship configuration table of the DMRS indication information and the rate matching state information (or the information table can be passed through. RRC configuration), the corresponding relationship configuration table exists independently of the DMRS configuration information table, the transmitting end sends the rate configuration indication information to the receiving end through explicit signaling, and the receiving end uses the DMRS indication information as an index. The corresponding rate matching state information is searched in the correspondence configuration table, and the receiving end combines the rate matching state information with the DMRS configuration information table to identify which resource units are used for being occupied by the DMRS of the receiving end, and which resource units are used. It is occupied by the DMRS of other receiving ends that are multiplexed by CDM, and the remaining resource units are used for data transmission related to the receiving end. Therefore, the receiving end performs data demodulation on the corresponding resource units.

需要说明的是,相同值的DMRS指示信息可以对应不同的正交传输层数的量化值,因此DMRS指示信息与正交传输层数的量化值之间的对应关系还可以通过单独的信令进行指示。应理解的是,对于显性指示方案,量化的正交传输层数就是通过DMRS指示信息指示的,接收端会收到两个信令,一个是LTE中的DMRS DCI信令,一个是用来传输当前量化正交传输层数的DMRS指示信息或者包含DMRS指示信息的信令(本文中又可以称为ratematching指示信令)。It should be noted that the DMRS indication information of the same value can correspond to the quantized values of different orthogonal transmission layers, so the correspondence between the DMRS indication information and the quantized values of the orthogonal transmission layers can also be performed through separate signaling. instruct. It should be understood that, for the explicit indication scheme, the number of quantized orthogonal transmission layers is indicated by the DMRS indication information, and the receiving end will receive two signalings, one is the DMRS DCI signaling in LTE, and the other is used for The DMRS indication information of the current quantized orthogonal transmission layer number or the signaling including the DMRS indication information (also referred to as ratematching indication signaling herein) is transmitted.

可以理解的是,无论是隐性指示还是显性指示的方案中,上述的DMRS指示信息发送到接收端的时候,可以是以独立信令的方式发送,也可以是携带在下行信令中发送,在此不作限定。It can be understood that, in either the implicit indication or the explicit indication scheme, when the above-mentioned DMRS indication information is sent to the receiving end, it can be sent in the form of independent signaling, or it can be carried in downlink signaling and sent. It is not limited here.

上述的发送DMRS指示信息,以及指示DMRS指示信息和正交传输层数的量化值两者之间对应关系的信令,可以无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)、媒体接入控制控制单元(media access control control element,MAC CE)或DCI向接收端发送,或者这三种信令的任意两种或者三种的组合。The above-mentioned signaling for sending the DMRS indication information, and the signaling indicating the correspondence between the DMRS indication information and the quantized value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers, can be controlled by radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), media access control control unit ( media access control control element, MAC CE) or DCI is sent to the receiving end, or any two or three combinations of these three signaling.

在一种实现方式中,所述信令由码字(codeword)的个数确定是否发送DMRS指示信息。例如,如1个codeword则触发信令以发送DMRSDMRS指示信息,2个codeword则不发送该信令,原因在于,在2个codeword对应的SU-MIMO(single user multiple-input multiple-output,SU-MIMO)场景下,发射端,例如基站仅与一个接收端(终端)进行通信,时频资源内仅传输该终端的信息(RS、控制信令、数据等)。此时,终端可以根据自己的信息(如自己的端口、层数等信息)直接得知自己的DMRS的RE位置,在数据译码时避开这些RE。因此在SU时候并不存在DMRS的rate matching问题。In an implementation manner, the signaling is determined by the number of codewords (codewords) whether to send the DMRS indication information. For example, if there is one codeword, signaling is triggered to send the DMRSDMRS indication information, but if there are two codewords, the signaling is not sent. The reason is that the SU-MIMO (single user multiple-input multiple-output, SU- In the MIMO) scenario, the transmitting end, such as the base station, only communicates with one receiving end (terminal), and only the information (RS, control signaling, data, etc.) of the terminal is transmitted in the time-frequency resource. At this time, the terminal can directly know the RE positions of its own DMRS according to its own information (such as its own port, number of layers, etc.), and avoid these REs during data decoding. Therefore, there is no rate matching problem of DMRS in SU.

S203:接收端接收所述DMRS指示信息。S203: The receiving end receives the DMRS indication information.

S204:根据所述DMRS指示信息得到速率匹配信息,在未传输DMRS的资源上进行数据解调。S204: Obtain rate matching information according to the DMRS indication information, and perform data demodulation on the resources on which the DMRS is not transmitted.

具体实现中,如果是隐性指示方式,接收端接收到该DMRS指示信息之后,以其value值为索引,在DMRS配置信息表中查找对应的正交传输层数的量化值(进而获知DMRS层数信息,或者DMRS天线端口集合信息,或者DMRS天线端口的码分复用CDM组信息等等),以及自己使用的层数、DMRS端口号等信息,进而接收端识别出哪些资源单元是被用于本接收端的DMRS传输,哪些资源单元是用于CDM复用的其他接收端的DMRS传输,剩下的资源单元便是用于与本接收端相关的数据传输,因此,本接收端在相应的资源单元上进行数据解调。如果是显性指示方式,在发射端和接收端除了分别保存有DMRS配置信息表之外,还分别保存指示信息配置表情况下(或者该DMRS配置信息表可以通过RRC进行配置),接收端将该指示信息作为索引,在对应关系配置表中查找对应的速率匹配状态,接收端将该速率匹配状态信息与所述DMRS配置信息表相结合,识别出哪些资源单元是被用于本接收端的DMRS传输,哪些资源单元是用于其他接收端的DMRS传输(可选的,在一种实现方法中,该信息可以通过速率匹配信息直接获得),剩下的资源单元便是用于与本接收端相关的数据传输,因此,本接收端在相应的资源单元上进行数据解调。In the specific implementation, if it is a recessive indication method, after receiving the DMRS indication information, the receiving end uses its value as an index, and searches the DMRS configuration information table for the corresponding quantization value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers (and then learns the DMRS layer information, or DMRS antenna port set information, or code division multiplexing CDM group information of DMRS antenna ports, etc.), as well as the number of layers, DMRS port numbers and other information used by itself, and then the receiving end identifies which resource units are used. For the DMRS transmission of the receiving end, which resource units are used for the DMRS transmission of other receiving ends of CDM multiplexing, and the remaining resource units are used for the data transmission related to the receiving end. Therefore, the receiving end is in the corresponding resources. Data demodulation is performed on the unit. If it is an explicit indication method, in the case where the transmitter and the receiver save the DMRS configuration information table and the indication information configuration table separately (or the DMRS configuration information table can be configured through RRC), the receiver will The indication information is used as an index to look up the corresponding rate matching state in the corresponding relationship configuration table, and the receiving end combines the rate matching state information with the DMRS configuration information table to identify which resource units are used for the DMRS of the receiving end Transmission, which resource units are used for DMRS transmission by other receivers (optional, in one implementation method, this information can be obtained directly through rate matching information), and the remaining resource units are used for this receiver. Therefore, the receiving end performs data demodulation on the corresponding resource unit.

本申请提供的DMRS指示和接收的方法还可以应用于非相关联合传输(Non-coherent joint transmission,NC-JT)2PDCCH场景,具体的,使用非准共址QCL组的2个发射端,静默非本发射端的DMRS对应的资源单元后进行数据传输。可以理解为,发射端之间相互mute对方DMRS ports group,具体实施中,可以为TRP默认将对方TRP的QCL组内的DMRS对应RE位置进行muting。对于DMRS pattern type1,其中包含两个DMRS端口组,在NC-JT场景下,两个DMRS端口组之间可以为non-QCL的,而每个DMRS端口组内的端口为QCL的,此时,2个TRP可以分别使用一个端口组,因此,该方案可以直接解决,无需额外的信令指示。对于DMRSpattern type2,其中包含3个DMRS端口组,此时可以能存在一个TRP使用1个DMRS端口组,而另一个TRP使用两个DMRS端口组的场景,此时,包含两个DMRS端口组的TPR需要指示信息进行指示,而使用1个DMRS端口组的TPR则可以无需指示信息进行指示。The DMRS indication and receiving method provided in this application can also be applied to a non-coherent joint transmission (NC-JT) 2PDCCH scenario. Data transmission is performed after the resource unit corresponding to the DMRS of the local transmitter. It can be understood that the transmitters mutate each other's DMRS ports group to each other. In specific implementation, the TRP may mutate the DMRS corresponding RE position in the QCL group of the other party's TRP by default. For DMRS pattern type1, which includes two DMRS port groups, in the NC-JT scenario, the two DMRS port groups can be non-QCL, and the ports in each DMRS port group are QCL. In this case, Two TRPs can use one port group respectively, so this solution can be solved directly without additional signaling indication. For DMRSpattern type2, which contains 3 DMRS port groups, there may be a scenario where one TRP uses one DMRS port group and another TRP uses two DMRS port groups. In this case, the TPR containing two DMRS port groups The indication information is required for indication, and the TPR using one DMRS port group may be indicated without indication information.

而在1PDCCH场景下,也可以通过独立指示的方式,具体流程仍可参见图21所示的步骤:In the 1PDCCH scenario, an independent indication can also be used, and the specific process can still refer to the steps shown in Figure 21:

需要说明的是,在步骤S201,是由非相关联合传输的发射端生成DMRS指示信息,该DMRS指示信息根据协作的多个TRP所能够使用的QCL组内的DMRS端口生成;It should be noted that, in step S201, the DMRS indication information is generated by the transmitting end of the unrelated joint transmission, and the DMRS indication information is generated according to the DMRS ports in the QCL group that can be used by multiple TRPs that are coordinated;

在步骤S202,发射端向接收端发送DMRS指示信息,对于1PDCCH场景,该DMRS指示信息指示协作的多个TRP所能够使用的DMRS对应的资源单元,而对于2PDCCH场景,该速率匹配信息指示本发射端使用的DMRS对应的资源单元。In step S202, the transmitting end sends DMRS indication information to the receiving end. For the 1PDCCH scenario, the DMRS indication information indicates the resource unit corresponding to the DMRS that can be used by the multiple TRPs in cooperation, and for the 2PDCCH scenario, the rate matching information indicates the current transmission The resource unit corresponding to the DMRS used by the terminal.

接收端接收到所述DMRS指示信息之后操作与前述实施例的S203和S204相同,在此不再赘述。After the receiving end receives the DMRS indication information, the operations are the same as S203 and S204 in the foregoing embodiment, and are not repeated here.

若该技术方案应用于上行传输场景中,则发射端可以是终端,接收端可以是网络设备,例如基站。若该技术方案应用于下行传输场景中,则发射端可以是网络设备,例如基站,接收端可以是终端。If the technical solution is applied to an uplink transmission scenario, the transmitting end may be a terminal, and the receiving end may be a network device, such as a base station. If the technical solution is applied in a downlink transmission scenario, the transmitting end may be a network device, such as a base station, and the receiving end may be a terminal.

本申请提供的DMRS速率匹配的指示的方法,通过DMRS指示信息与最大可支持端口数或者DMRS图样或DMRS配置类型对应,可以与NR的多种场景进行匹配,例如NC-JT或动态TDD或者灵活双工场景,上述方法能应用于NR复杂多变的场景中,另外还可以满足更高层数据传输的需求,并且降低指示开销。The method for indicating DMRS rate matching provided by this application, through DMRS indication information corresponding to the maximum number of supported ports or DMRS pattern or DMRS configuration type, can be matched with various scenarios of NR, such as NC-JT or dynamic TDD or flexible In duplex scenarios, the above method can be applied to scenarios where NR is complex and changeable, and can also meet the requirements of higher-layer data transmission and reduce the indication overhead.

可以理解的,这里的DMRS端口是指系统支持的所有DMRS端口,至于实际实现时,在一次调度过程中是否使用了该所有的DMRS端口,还是使用了该所有的DMRS端口中的部分DMRS端口,本申请不进行限定。It can be understood that the DMRS ports here refer to all the DMRS ports supported by the system. As for the actual implementation, whether all the DMRS ports are used in a scheduling process, or some DMRS ports among all the DMRS ports are used, This application is not limited.

以下将说明本申请提供的DMRS速率匹配的指示方法和DMRS速率匹配的接收方法的具体实施过程。The specific implementation process of the method for indicating DMRS rate matching and the method for receiving DMRS rate matching provided by the present application will be described below.

实施例五Embodiment 5

本实施例五主要描述设计显性信令来指示DMRS指示信息。The fifth embodiment mainly describes designing explicit signaling to indicate DMRS indication information.

如图22所示的是以TRP0支持的最大可支持正交端口数为12,其中,给终端0(UE0)分配的端口是1,2,7,8ports,给终端1(UE1)分配的端口是3,4,9,10ports。As shown in Figure 22, the maximum number of orthogonal ports supported by TRP0 is 12, wherein the ports allocated to terminal 0 (UE0) are 1, 2, 7, and 8 ports, and the ports allocated to terminal 1 (UE1) It is 3,4,9,10ports.

在此场景中,UE0和UE1使用的DMRS端口有多种,如图23所示是为12个DMRS端口的一种映射规则的示意图,其中,每种阴影小方格表示一个DMRS端口组被映射至的RE,n=0。12个DMRS端口分为3个DMRS端口组,分别为DMRS端口组1,DMRS端口组2,DMRS端口组3;In this scenario, there are various DMRS ports used by UE0 and UE1. Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of a mapping rule for 12 DMRS ports, wherein each shaded small square indicates that one DMRS port group is mapped To RE, n=0. The 12 DMRS ports are divided into 3 DMRS port groups, which are DMRS port group 1, DMRS port group 2, and DMRS port group 3;

每个DMRS端口组包括4个DMRS端口。每个DMRS端口组中的各DMRS端口对应的DMRS之间通过CDM方式复用相同的时频资源。这3个DMRS端口组的映射规则如下:Each DMRS port group includes 4 DMRS ports. The same time-frequency resources are multiplexed between the DMRSs corresponding to the DMRS ports in each DMRS port group in a CDM manner. The mapping rules for the three DMRS port groups are as follows:

第一DMRS端口组映射的时频资源在频域上包括资源单元的第12n、12n+1、12n+6、12n+7个子载波。The time-frequency resource mapped by the first DMRS port group includes the 12nth, 12n+1st, 12n+6th, and 12n+7th subcarriers of the resource unit in the frequency domain.

第二DMRS端口组映射的时频资源在频域上包括资源单元的第12n+2、12n+3、12n+8、12n+9个子载波。The time-frequency resources mapped by the second DMRS port group include, in the frequency domain, the 12n+2, 12n+3, 12n+8, and 12n+9 subcarriers of the resource unit.

第三DMRS端口组映射的时频资源在频域上包括资源单元的第12n+4、12n+5、12n+10、12n+11个子载波。The time-frequency resources mapped by the third DMRS port group include the 12n+4th, 12n+5th, 12n+10th, and 12n+11th subcarriers of the resource unit in the frequency domain.

其中,n可以取大于等于0,且小于的任一个或多个整数。下文中均以资源单元在频域上的子载波数目为M为例进行说明,其中,M是大于或等于1的整数。例如,若资源单元是1个RB pair(即时域方向上的2个RB),则M=12;若资源单元是频域方向的2个RB,则M=24。每个CDM组在时域上占用连续的两个符号。Among them, n can be greater than or equal to 0, and less than any one or more integers of . In the following description, the number of subcarriers of the resource unit in the frequency domain is M as an example, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1. For example, if the resource unit is one RB pair (two RBs in the instant domain direction), then M=12; if the resource unit is two RBs in the frequency domain direction, then M=24. Each CDM group occupies two consecutive symbols in the time domain.

假设DMRS端口组1包含DMRS端口{1,2,7,8},DMRS端口组2包含DMRS端口{3,4,9,10},DMRS端口组3包含DMRS端口{5,6,11,12}。这里仅作为示例,具体的DMRS端口映射方式不做限定。值得注意的是,当DMRS端口映射方式改变时,rate matching状态信息也会发生改变。根据本方案介绍的方法,相关领域人员可以简单得到。具体实现中,如果DMRS端口映射方式改变,rate matching状态信息发生改变,则表示rate matching状态信息的正交传输层数的量化值也可以随之变化。因此,DMRS指示信息和正交传输层数的量化值之间的对应关系可以通过一个信令来进行指示。Suppose DMRS port group 1 contains DMRS ports {1, 2, 7, 8}, DMRS port group 2 contains DMRS ports {3, 4, 9, 10}, DMRS port group 3 contains DMRS ports {5, 6, 11, 12 }. This is only an example, and the specific DMRS port mapping manner is not limited. It is worth noting that when the DMRS port mapping method is changed, the rate matching status information will also change. According to the method introduced in this solution, those in related fields can easily obtain it. In a specific implementation, if the DMRS port mapping mode is changed and the rate matching state information is changed, the quantization value representing the number of orthogonal transmission layers of the rate matching state information may also change accordingly. Therefore, the correspondence between the DMRS indication information and the quantized value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers can be indicated by one signaling.

DMRS指示信息Value的值可以有两种表示方式,一种是十进制,一种是二进制。The value of the DMRS indication information Value can be represented in two ways, one is decimal and the other is binary.

当value=0(十进制)或者00(二进制)时,其对应的正交传输层数的量化值(图中以RMI示意)为4,表示当前量化层数为4;当Value=1或01时,其表示RMI=8;当Value=2或10时,对应的RMI=12;当value=3或11时,其表示RMI=reserved(预留值),具体实现时,可以为空置,或者可以放置其他状态,如对应第2和第3端口组(或第1和第3端口组)被占用的量化为4层的传输状态。此时假设基站按照端口组编号顺序调度。When value=0 (decimal) or 00 (binary), the corresponding quantization value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers (shown as RMI in the figure) is 4, indicating that the current number of quantization layers is 4; when Value=1 or 01 , which means RMI=8; when Value=2 or 10, the corresponding RMI=12; when value=3 or 11, it means RMI=reserved (reserved value), which can be vacant or can be Place other states, such as the quantized layer 4 transmission states corresponding to the 2nd and 3rd port groups (or 1st and 3rd port groups) being occupied. At this time, it is assumed that the base station schedules in the order of port group numbers.

此时,DMRS指示信息用二进制来指示时,用2bits即可表示。At this time, when the DMRS indication information is indicated by binary, it can be indicated by 2 bits.

如前表4所示的是支持最大12个正交端口数的SU/MU MIMO DMRS配置信息表,其和LTE的DMRS的DCI signaling表格类似,该表格仅适用于透明的MU-MIMO,接收端通过该表格获得自己的DMRS端口和正交传输层数等信息。此外,接收端还可以根据已经接收到的DMRS指示信息(value的具体值)指示的RMI,获知量化的当前正交传输层数,或当前已被使用端口组状态组合,或当前非本接收端使用的正交传输层数或端口组状态,或需被静默的资源单元,从而获知可用于承载DMRS的资源中未被DMRS占用的资源,从而可以获得其他配对终端的DMRS端口信息,完成速率匹配。As shown in the previous table 4 is the SU/MU MIMO DMRS configuration information table that supports a maximum of 12 orthogonal ports, which is similar to the DCI signaling table of LTE DMRS, this table is only applicable to transparent MU-MIMO, the receiving end Obtain information such as its own DMRS port and the number of orthogonal transmission layers through this table. In addition, according to the RMI indicated by the received DMRS indication information (specific value of value), the receiving end can also know the quantized current number of orthogonal transmission layers, or the currently used port group status combination, or the current non-local receiving end The number of orthogonal transmission layers or the state of the port group used, or the resource unit to be muted, so as to know the resources that are not occupied by the DMRS among the resources that can be used to carry the DMRS, so that the DMRS port information of other paired terminals can be obtained to complete the rate matching. .

当UE0接收到的DMRS指示信息value的值为1(十进制)或者01(二进制)时,代表当前正交传输层数的量化值为8,从而知道DMRS端口组1和DMRS端口组2均被占用。UE0结合表4中获得的自己的端口信息,知道DMRS端口组1包含自己的DMRS端口,而DMRS端口组2未包含自己的DMRS端口,从而获知DMRS端口组2被其他终端使用,进而不会传输自己的数据。同样的,UE1通过指示,得知正交传输层数的量化值为4,结合表4中获得的自己的端口信息,进而得知DMRS端口组1和DMRS端口组2被占用,从而获知非自己使用的DMRS端口组1位置不会传输自己数据。此外,UE0和UE1通过速率匹配信息,获知DMRS端口组3位置可以传输数据。When the value of the DMRS indication information value received by UE0 is 1 (decimal) or 01 (binary), the quantization value representing the current number of orthogonal transmission layers is 8, so that both DMRS port group 1 and DMRS port group 2 are occupied . Combined with its own port information obtained in Table 4, UE0 knows that DMRS port group 1 includes its own DMRS port, while DMRS port group 2 does not include its own DMRS port, thus learning that DMRS port group 2 is used by other terminals and will not transmit own data. Similarly, UE1 learns that the quantization value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers is 4 through the instruction, and combines with its own port information obtained in Table 4, and then learns that DMRS port group 1 and DMRS port group 2 are occupied, so as to know that it is not its own The DMRS port group 1 position used will not transmit its own data. In addition, UE0 and UE1 know that the position of DMRS port group 3 can transmit data through the rate matching information.

以上只是示例,对于不同的DMRS pattern以及不同的端口映射方式,RMI的值和DCI信息表的表现形式可以不同,比如,上面例子中出的RMI为当前量化层数,也可以是DMRS端口组的序号。The above is just an example. For different DMRS patterns and different port mapping methods, the value of RMI and the representation of the DCI information table can be different. For example, the RMI shown in the above example is the current number of quantization layers, or it can be the DMRS port group. serial number.

图22所示的系统支持的最大可支持端口数是12,在其他的实现方式中,TRP还可以支持例如4、6、8等最大可支持端口数,其支持的最大可支持端口数可以通过显性信令如RRC、MAC CE或DCI指示,也可以和场景对应的其他配置参数绑定,如频点,载波间隔、帧结构等。The maximum number of supported ports supported by the system shown in Figure 22 is 12. In other implementations, the TRP can also support the maximum number of supported ports such as 4, 6, and 8. The maximum number of supported ports it supports can be passed through Explicit signaling, such as RRC, MAC CE or DCI indication, can also be bound with other configuration parameters corresponding to the scene, such as frequency, carrier spacing, frame structure, etc.

如图24所示的是以TRP0支持的最大可支持端口数为6,其中,给终端0(UE0)分配的端口是1,2ports,给终端1(UE1)分配的端口是3,4ports。As shown in Figure 24, the maximum number of supported ports supported by TRP0 is 6, wherein the ports allocated to terminal 0 (UE0) are 1, 2 ports, and the ports allocated to terminal 1 (UE1) are 3, 4 ports.

在此场景中,UE0和UE1使用的DMRS端口有多种复用方式,如图25所示是为6个DMRS端口的一种映射规则的示意图,其中,每种阴影小方格表示一个DMRS端口组被映射至的RE,n=0。6个DMRS端口分为3个DMRS端口组,分别为DMRS端口组1,DMRS端口组2,DMRS端口组3;In this scenario, the DMRS ports used by UE0 and UE1 have multiple multiplexing methods. As shown in Figure 25, it is a schematic diagram of a mapping rule for 6 DMRS ports, wherein each shaded small square represents a DMRS port REs to which the group is mapped, n=0. The 6 DMRS ports are divided into 3 DMRS port groups, which are DMRS port group 1, DMRS port group 2, and DMRS port group 3;

DMRS端口组1映射的时频资源在频域上包括资源单元的第12n、12n+1、12n+6、12n+7个子载波中的至少一个。The time-frequency resource mapped by the DMRS port group 1 includes at least one of the 12n, 12n+1, 12n+6, and 12n+7th subcarriers of the resource unit in the frequency domain.

DMRS端口组2映射的时频资源在频域上包括资源单元的第12n+2、12n+3、12n+8、12n+9个子载波中的至少一个。The time-frequency resource mapped by the DMRS port group 2 includes at least one of the 12n+2, 12n+3, 12n+8, and 12n+9th subcarriers of the resource unit in the frequency domain.

DMRS端口组3映射的时频资源在频域上包括资源单元的第12n+4、12n+5、12n+10、12n+11个子载波中的至少一个。The time-frequency resource mapped by the DMRS port group 3 includes at least one of the 12n+4th, 12n+5th, 12n+10th, and 12n+11th subcarriers of the resource unit in the frequency domain.

其中,n可以取大于等于0,且小于的任一个或多个整数。3个CDM组在时域上占用1个符号。Among them, n can be greater than or equal to 0, and less than any one or more integers of . 3 CDM groups occupy 1 symbol in the time domain.

当value=0(十进制)或者00(二进制)时,其对应的正交传输层数的量化值(图中以RMI示意)为2,表示当前量化层数为2;当Value=1或01时,其表示RMI=4,当Value=2或10时,对应的RMI=6;当value=3或11时,其表示RMI=reserved(预留值)。When value=0 (decimal) or 00 (binary), the corresponding quantization value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers (shown as RMI in the figure) is 2, indicating that the current number of quantization layers is 2; when Value=1 or 01 , which represents RMI=4, when Value=2 or 10, the corresponding RMI=6; when value=3 or 11, it represents RMI=reserved (reserved value).

此时,DMRS指示信息用二进制来指示时,用2bits即可表示。At this time, when the DMRS indication information is indicated by binary, it can be indicated by 2 bits.

同理,接收端还可以根据已经接收到的DMRS指示信息(value的具体值)指示的RMI,获知量化的当前正交传输层数,或当前已被使用端口组状态组合,或当前非本接收端使用的正交传输层数或端口组状态,或需被静默的资源单元,从而获知可用于承载DMRS的资源中未被DMRS占用的资源,从而可以获得其他配对终端的DMRS端口信息,完成速率匹配。进一步的,结合表2的支持6个正交DMRS端口的SU/MU MIMO DMRS信令表格,可以获得其他配对终端的DMRS端口信息。例如,UE0接收到的DMRS指示信息value的值为1(十进制)或者01(二进制)时,代表当前正交传输层数的量化值为4,假设DMRS端口组1包含DMRS端口{1,2},DMRS端口组2包含DMRS端口{3,4},DMRS端口组3包含DMRS端口{5,6},根据速率匹配信息,可以得知DMRS端口组1和DMRS端口组2被使用,DMRS端口组3未被使用。此时,终端结合自己的DMRS端口信息,可获知其他终端使用的端口组位置。Similarly, the receiving end can also know the quantized current number of orthogonal transmission layers, or the currently used port group state combination, or the current non-receiving The number of orthogonal transmission layers or port group status used by the terminal, or the resource unit to be muted, so as to know the resources that are not occupied by DMRS among the resources that can be used to carry DMRS, so that the DMRS port information of other paired terminals can be obtained. match. Further, in combination with the SU/MU MIMO DMRS signaling table supporting 6 orthogonal DMRS ports in Table 2, the DMRS port information of other paired terminals can be obtained. For example, when the value of the DMRS indication information value received by UE0 is 1 (decimal) or 01 (binary), the quantization value representing the current number of orthogonal transmission layers is 4, assuming that DMRS port group 1 includes DMRS ports {1, 2} , DMRS port group 2 includes DMRS port {3, 4}, DMRS port group 3 includes DMRS port {5, 6}, according to the rate matching information, it can be known that DMRS port group 1 and DMRS port group 2 are used, DMRS port group 3 is not used. At this time, the terminal can learn the position of the port group used by other terminals in combination with its own DMRS port information.

如图26所示的是以TRP0支持的最大可支持端口数为8,其中,给终端0(UE0)分配的端口是1,2,3,4ports,终端1(UE1)分配的端口是5,6,7,8ports。As shown in Figure 26, the maximum number of supported ports supported by TRP0 is 8, wherein the ports allocated to terminal 0 (UE0) are 1, 2, 3, and 4 ports, and the ports allocated to terminal 1 (UE1) are 5, 6,7,8ports.

在此场景中,UE0和UE1使用的DMRS端口可以有多种复用方式,如图27所示是8个DMRS端口的一种映射规则的示意图,其中,每种阴影小方格表示一个DMRS端口组被映射至的RE,n=0。8个DMRS端口分为2个DMRS端口组,分别为DMRS端口组1,DMRS端口组2;每个DMRS端口组包括4个DMRS端口。In this scenario, the DMRS ports used by UE0 and UE1 can be multiplexed in multiple ways. Figure 27 is a schematic diagram of a mapping rule for 8 DMRS ports, where each shaded small square represents a DMRS port REs to which the group is mapped, n=0. The 8 DMRS ports are divided into 2 DMRS port groups, which are DMRS port group 1 and DMRS port group 2 respectively; each DMRS port group includes 4 DMRS ports.

每个DMRS端口组中的各DMRS端口对应的DMRS之间通过CDM方式复用相同的时频资源。这2个DMRS端口组的映射规则如下:The same time-frequency resources are multiplexed between the DMRSs corresponding to the DMRS ports in each DMRS port group in a CDM manner. The mapping rules for these two DMRS port groups are as follows:

每个DMRS端口组映射的时频资源在时域上映射于连续的2个符号,并且:The time-frequency resources mapped by each DMRS port group are mapped to two consecutive symbols in the time domain, and:

DMRS端口组1映射的时频资源在频域上均包括资源单元的第12n、12n+2、12n+4、12n+6、12n+8、12n+10个子载波中的至少一个。The time-frequency resources mapped by the DMRS port group 1 all include at least one of the 12n, 12n+2, 12n+4, 12n+6, 12n+8, and 12n+10 subcarriers of the resource unit in the frequency domain.

DMRS端口组2映射的时频资源在频域上均包括资源单元的第12n+1、12n+3、12n+5、12n+7、12n+9、12n+11个子载波中的至少一个。The time-frequency resources mapped by the DMRS port group 2 all include at least one of the 12n+1, 12n+3, 12n+5, 12n+7, 12n+9, and 12n+11 subcarriers of the resource unit in the frequency domain.

其中,n可以取大于等于0,且小于的任一个或多个整数。Among them, n can be greater than or equal to 0, and less than any one or more integers of .

当value=0(十进制)或者00(二进制)时,其对应的正交传输层数的量化值(图中以RMI示意)为4,表示当前量化层数为4;当Value=1或01时,其表示RMI=8。此外,可以表示两个CDM组的组合,比如,value=0(十进制)或者00(二进制)时,代表DMRS端口组1被使用,当Value=1或01时,DMRS端口组1和DMRS端口组2均被使用。When value=0 (decimal) or 00 (binary), the corresponding quantization value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers (shown as RMI in the figure) is 4, indicating that the current number of quantization layers is 4; when Value=1 or 01 , which represents RMI=8. In addition, it can represent a combination of two CDM groups. For example, when value=0 (decimal) or 00 (binary), it means that DMRS port group 1 is used, and when Value=1 or 01, DMRS port group 1 and DMRS port group are used. 2 are used.

此时,DMRS指示信息用二进制来指示时,用1bits即可表示。At this time, when the DMRS indication information is indicated by binary, it can be indicated by 1 bits.

同理,接收端还可以根据已经接收到的DMRS指示信息(value的具体值)指示的RMI,获知量化的当前正交传输层数,或当前已被使用端口组状态组合,或当前非本接收端使用的正交传输层数或端口组状态,或需被静默的资源单元,从而获知可用于承载DMRS的资源中未被DMRS占用的资源,从而可以获得其他配对终端的DMRS端口信息,从而进行ratematching。下面以端口组状态组合作为示例,量化参数层数方案可以参照前面的例子。例如,UE0接收到的DMRS指示信息value的值为1(十进制)或者01(二进制)时,代表DMRS端口组1和DMRS端口组2均被占用,UE0根据自己可以获得DMRS端口信息,得知自己使用的DMRS端口组,从而知道其他端口组被其他UE使用,不会传输自己的数据,进而进行速率匹配。Similarly, the receiving end can also know the quantized current number of orthogonal transmission layers, or the currently used port group state combination, or the current non-receiving The number of orthogonal transmission layers or port group status used by the terminal, or the resource unit that needs to be muted, so as to know the resources that are not occupied by DMRS among the resources that can be used to carry DMRS, so as to obtain the DMRS port information of other paired terminals. ratematching. The following takes the port group state combination as an example, and the quantization parameter layer number scheme can refer to the previous example. For example, when the value of the DMRS indication information received by UE0 is 1 (decimal) or 01 (binary), it means that both DMRS port group 1 and DMRS port group 2 are occupied. The used DMRS port group, so as to know that other port groups are used by other UEs and will not transmit their own data, so as to perform rate matching.

如图28所示的是以TRP0支持的最大可支持端口数为4,其中,给终端0(UE0)分配的端口是1,2ports,终端1(UE1)分配的端口是3,4ports。在此场景中,UE0和UE1使用的DMRS端口可以有多种CDM复用方式,如图29所示是为2个DMRS端口的一种映射规则的示意图,其中,每种阴影小方格表示一个DMRS端口组被映射至的RE,4个DMRS端口分为2个DMRS端口组,分别为DMRS端口组1,DMRS端口组2;每个DMRS端口组包括2个DMRS端口。As shown in Figure 28, the maximum number of supported ports supported by TRP0 is 4, wherein the ports allocated to terminal 0 (UE0) are 1,2 ports, and the ports allocated to terminal 1 (UE1) are 3,4 ports. In this scenario, the DMRS ports used by UE0 and UE1 can have multiple CDM multiplexing methods. As shown in Figure 29, it is a schematic diagram of a mapping rule for two DMRS ports, wherein each shaded small square represents one For REs to which the DMRS port group is mapped, the four DMRS ports are divided into two DMRS port groups, which are DMRS port group 1 and DMRS port group 2 respectively; each DMRS port group includes two DMRS ports.

每个DMRS端口组中的各DMRS端口对应的DMRS之间通过CDM方式复用相同的时频资源。这2个DMRS端口组的映射规则如下:The same time-frequency resources are multiplexed between the DMRSs corresponding to the DMRS ports in each DMRS port group in a CDM manner. The mapping rules for these two DMRS port groups are as follows:

每个DMRS端口组映射的时频资源在时域上映射于1个符号,并且:The time-frequency resource mapped by each DMRS port group is mapped to 1 symbol in the time domain, and:

DMRS端口组1映射的时频资源在频域上包括资源单元的第2n个子载波。The time-frequency resource mapped by the DMRS port group 1 includes the 2nth subcarrier of the resource element in the frequency domain.

DMRS端口组2映射的时频资源在频域上包括资源单元的第2n+1个子载波。The time-frequency resource mapped by the DMRS port group 2 includes the 2n+1th subcarrier of the resource unit in the frequency domain.

其中,n可以取大于等于0,且小于的任一个或多个整数。Among them, n can be greater than or equal to 0, and less than any one or more integers of .

假设DMRS端口组1包含DMRS端口{1,3},DMRS端口组2包含DMRS端口{2,4},此时,当value=0(十进制)或者00(二进制)时,其对应的正交传输层数的量化值(图中以RMI示意)为2,表示当前量化层数为2;当Value=1或01时,其表示RMI=4。Assuming that DMRS port group 1 includes DMRS ports {1, 3}, and DMRS port group 2 includes DMRS ports {2, 4}, at this time, when value=0 (decimal) or 00 (binary), the corresponding orthogonal transmission The quantization value of the number of layers (indicated by RMI in the figure) is 2, indicating that the current number of quantization layers is 2; when Value=1 or 01, it indicates that RMI=4.

此时,DMRS指示信息用二进制来指示时,用1bits即可表示。At this time, when the DMRS indication information is indicated by binary, it can be indicated by 1 bits.

同理,接收端还可以根据已经接收到的DMRS指示信息(value的具体值)指示的RMI,获知量化的当前正交传输层数,或当前已被使用端口组状态组合,或当前非本接收端使用的正交传输层数或端口组状态,或需被静默的资源单元,可以获得其他配对终端的DMRS端口信息,从而进行rate matching。例如,UE0接收到的指示信息value的值为1(十进制)或者01(二进制)时,代表当前正交传输层数的量化值为4,此时,终端通过速率匹配信息得知DMRS端口组1和DMRS端口组2均被占用,结合自己使用的DMRS端口,可以得知其他终端使用的DMRS端口组,从而进行速率匹配。需要注意的是,当图27和图29的方案也可以根据基站的调度顺序,如先FDM后CDM调度,量化为1和2层,从而,该实施例中的速率匹配信息可以与DMRS图样配置(type)或者DMRS图样包含的端口组个数进行对应,从而简化接收端存储的开销。Similarly, the receiving end can also know the quantized current number of orthogonal transmission layers, or the currently used port group state combination, or the current non-receiving The number of orthogonal transmission layers or the state of the port group used by the terminal, or the resource unit to be muted, can obtain the DMRS port information of other paired terminals to perform rate matching. For example, when the value of the indication information value received by UE0 is 1 (decimal) or 01 (binary), the quantization value representing the current number of orthogonal transmission layers is 4. At this time, the terminal obtains the DMRS port group 1 through the rate matching information. DMRS port group 2 and DMRS port group 2 are both occupied, and the DMRS port group used by other terminals can be known in combination with the DMRS port used by itself, so as to perform rate matching. It should be noted that, when the solutions in FIG. 27 and FIG. 29 can also be quantized into layers 1 and 2 according to the scheduling order of the base station, such as FDM first and then CDM scheduling, the rate matching information in this embodiment can be configured with the DMRS pattern (type) or the number of port groups included in the DMRS pattern, thereby simplifying the storage overhead at the receiving end.

上述TRP支持4、6、8、12等最大可支持端口数时,最大可支持正交传输层数对于不同的DMRS pattern和DMRS端口映射方式会不同,总结成规律如下:When the above TRP supports the maximum number of supported ports such as 4, 6, 8, and 12, the maximum number of orthogonal transmission layers that can be supported will be different for different DMRS patterns and DMRS port mapping methods. The rules are summarized as follows:

量化的正交传输层数可以通过以下方式获得,这里仅给出一个规则,具体实现可以直接存成数值,不需要选取的过程:The number of quantized orthogonal transmission layers can be obtained in the following ways. Only a rule is given here. The specific implementation can be directly stored as a value without the selection process:

假设所有DMRS端口量化为从1开始,那么每个DMRS端口组内,当端口号从小到大排序时,量化层数可以为,Assuming that the quantization of all DMRS ports starts from 1, then in each DMRS port group, when the port numbers are sorted from small to large, the number of quantization layers can be,

如端口组1{1,2,3,4}端口组2{5,6,7,8},量化为4,8;For example, port group 1{1,2,3,4}port group 2{5,6,7,8}, quantized to 4,8;

如端口组1{1,3,5,7}端口组2{2,4,6,8},量化为1,2;For example, port group 1{1,3,5,7}port group 2{2,4,6,8}, quantized to 1,2;

如端口组1{1,2,5,7}端口组2{3,4,6,8},量化为2,4;For example, port group 1{1,2,5,7}port group 2{3,4,6,8}, quantized to 2,4;

如端口组1{1,2,5,6}端口组2{3,4,7,8},量化为2,4。Such as port group 1 {1, 2, 5, 6} port group 2 {3, 4, 7, 8}, the quantization is 2, 4.

如端口组1{1,2,3,4}端口组2{5,6,7,8}端口组3{9,10,11,12},量化为4,8,12;For example, port group 1{1,2,3,4}port group 2{5,6,7,8}port group 3{9,10,11,12}, quantized to 4,8,12;

如端口组1{1,4,7,10}端口组2{2,5,8,11}端口组3{3,6,9,12},量化为1,2,3;For example, port group 1{1,4,7,10}port group 2{2,5,8,11}port group 3{3,6,9,12}, quantized to 1,2,3;

如端口组1{1,2,7,8}端口组2{3,4,9,10}端口组3{5,6,11,12},量化为2,4,6;For example, port group 1{1,2,7,8}port group 2{3,4,9,10}port group 3{5,6,11,12}, quantized to 2,4,6;

如端口组1{1,2,7,10}端口组2{3,4,8,11}端口组3{5,6,9,12},量化为2,4,6;For example, port group 1{1,2,7,10}port group 2{3,4,8,11}port group 3{5,6,9,12}, quantized to 2,4,6;

实施上述实施例,针对每一最大可支持可支持传输层设计对应的DMRS配置信息表,可以满足NR系统中不同场景的需求。By implementing the above embodiments, the corresponding DMRS configuration information table is designed for each maximum supportable and supportable transport layer, which can meet the requirements of different scenarios in the NR system.

实施例六Embodiment 6

针对不同的DMRS pattern,设计不同的信令进行指示。其中对于不同的DMRS端口映射方式,表格中的内容可能不同,可以为量化的当前正交传输层数,也可以为DMRS端口组的状态。For different DMRS patterns, design different signaling to indicate. Wherein, for different DMRS port mapping modes, the content in the table may be different, which may be the quantized current orthogonal transmission layer number or the state of the DMRS port group.

如图30(a)~30(e)所示,其示意的映射顺序为先CDM映射后FDM映射的DMRSpattern。As shown in FIGS. 30( a ) to 30 ( e ), the schematic mapping sequence is a DMRPattern in which CDM mapping is first followed by FDM mapping.

对于每一个DMRS pattern,对应的指示信息的开销不同,例如:For each DMRS pattern, the corresponding indication information costs are different, for example:

对于图30(a)所示的支持4个正交端口的pattern而言,需要1bit指示RMI,当RM指示取值Value=0或00时,表示速率匹配状态信息RMI为2,即当前正交传输层数的量化值为2;当Value=1或01时,表示速率匹配状态信息RMI=4;For the pattern shown in Figure 30(a) that supports 4 orthogonal ports, 1 bit is required to indicate RMI. When the RM indicates Value=0 or 00, it indicates that the rate matching state information RMI is 2, that is, the current orthogonality The quantization value of the number of transmission layers is 2; when Value=1 or 01, it means the rate matching state information RMI=4;

对于图30(b)所示的支持8个正交端口的pattern而言,需要1bit指示RM,当RM指示取值Value=0/00时,表示速率匹配RMI为4;当Value=1/01时,表示速率匹配RMI=8;For the pattern shown in Figure 30(b) that supports 8 orthogonal ports, 1 bit is required to indicate RM. When the value of RM indicates Value=0/00, it indicates that the rate matching RMI is 4; when Value=1/01 When it means that the rate matches RMI=8;

对于图30(c)所示的支持6个正交端口的pattern而言,需要2bits指示RM,当RM指示取值Value=0/00时,表示速率匹配RMI为2;当Value=1/01时,表示速率匹配RMI=4;当Value=2/10时,表示速率匹配RMI=6;For the pattern supporting 6 orthogonal ports shown in Figure 30(c), 2 bits are required to indicate RM. When the RM indicates Value=0/00, it means that the rate matching RMI is 2; when Value=1/01 When , it means rate matching RMI=4; when Value=2/10, it means rate matching RMI=6;

对于图30(d)所示的支持12个正交端口的pattern而言,需要2bits指示RM,当RM指示取值Value=0/00时,表示速率匹配RMI为4;当Value=1/01时,表示速率匹配RMI=8;当Value=2/10时,表示速率匹配RMI=12;For the pattern shown in Figure 30(d) that supports 12 orthogonal ports, 2 bits are required to indicate RM. When the RM indicates Value=0/00, it means that the rate matching RMI is 4; when Value=1/01 When , it means rate matching RMI=8; when Value=2/10, it means rate matching RMI=12;

对于图30(e)所示的支持12个正交端口的pattern而言,需要2bits指示RM,当RM指示取值Value=0/00时,表示速率匹配RMI为2;当Value=1/01时,表示速率匹配RMI=4;当Value=2/10时,表示速率匹配RMI=6。For the pattern shown in Figure 30(e) that supports 12 orthogonal ports, 2 bits are required to indicate RM. When the RM indicates Value=0/00, it means that the rate matching RMI is 2; when Value=1/01 When , it means that the rate matching RMI=4; when Value=2/10, it means that the rate matching RMI=6.

如图31(a)~31d)所示,其示意的映射顺序为先FDM映射后CDM映射的DMRSpattern。As shown in FIGS. 31( a ) to 31 d ), the schematic mapping sequence is a DMRPattern in which FDM mapping is first followed by CDM mapping.

对于每一个DMRS pattern,对应的指示信息的开销不同,例如:For each DMRS pattern, the corresponding indication information costs are different, for example:

对于图31(a)所示的支持4个正交端口的pattern而言,需要1bit指示RMI,当RM指示取值Value=0/00时,表示速率匹配RMI为1;当Value=1/01时,表示速率匹配RMI=2;For the pattern shown in Figure 31(a) that supports 4 orthogonal ports, 1 bit is required to indicate RMI. When the value of the RM indication is Value=0/00, it means that the rate matching RMI is 1; when Value=1/01 When it means that the rate matches RMI=2;

对于图31(b)所示的支持8个正交端口的pattern而言,需要1bit指示RM,当RM指示取值Value=0/00时,表示速率匹配RMI为1;当Value=1/01时,表示速率匹配RMI=2;For the pattern that supports 8 orthogonal ports shown in Figure 31(b), 1 bit is required to indicate RM. When the value of RM indicates Value=0/00, it means that the rate matching RMI is 1; when Value=1/01 When it means that the rate matches RMI=2;

对于图31(c)所示的支持6个正交端口的pattern而言,需要2bits指示RM,当RM指示取值Value=0/00时,表示速率匹配RMI为1;当Value=1/01时,表示速率匹配RMI=2;当Value=2/10时,表示速率匹配RMI=3;当RM指示取值Value=3/11时,表示速率匹配RMI为reserved;For the pattern shown in Figure 31(c) that supports 6 orthogonal ports, 2 bits are required to indicate RM. When the RM indicates Value=0/00, it means that the rate matching RMI is 1; when Value=1/01 When , it means that the rate matching RMI=2; when Value=2/10, it means that the rate matching RMI=3; when the RM indicates that the value is Value=3/11, it means that the rate matching RMI is reserved;

对于图31(d)所示的支持12个正交端口的pattern而言,需要2bits指示RM,当RM指示取值Value=0/00时,表示速率匹配RMI为1;当Value=1/10时,表示速率匹配RMI=2;当Value=2/10时,表示速率匹配RMI=3;当RM指示取值Value=3/11时,表示速率匹配RMI为reserved;For the pattern shown in Figure 31(d) that supports 12 orthogonal ports, 2 bits are required to indicate RM. When the RM indicates Value=0/00, it means that the rate matching RMI is 1; when Value=1/10 When , it means that the rate matching RMI=2; when Value=2/10, it means that the rate matching RMI=3; when the RM indicates that the value is Value=3/11, it means that the rate matching RMI is reserved;

此外,在该种端口映射方案下,多个DMRS图样可以对应于相同的RM表格,比如31(a)与31(b)可以对应相同的速率匹配表格,如31(a)的表格,而31(c)与31(d)可以对应相同的速率匹配表格,如31(c)的表格,及表格可以与DMRS type对应,或DMRS图样中的端口组个数对应。该方法的好处是可以节省终端存储的开销。In addition, under this port mapping scheme, multiple DMRS patterns can correspond to the same RM table, for example, 31(a) and 31(b) can correspond to the same rate matching table, such as the table 31(a), and 31 (c) and 31(d) may correspond to the same rate matching table, such as the table of 31(c), and the table may correspond to the DMRS type, or the number of port groups in the DMRS pattern. The advantage of this method is that the overhead of terminal storage can be saved.

如图32(a)~32(d)所示,其示意的映射顺序为CDM与FDM混合端口映射方式。As shown in Figures 32(a) to 32(d), the schematic mapping sequence is a CDM and FDM hybrid port mapping manner.

对于每一个DMRS pattern,对应的指示信息的开销不同,例如:For each DMRS pattern, the corresponding indication information costs are different, for example:

对于图32(a)所示的支持4个正交端口的pattern而言,需要1bit指示RMI,当RM指示取值Value=0/00时,表示速率匹配RMI为2;当Value=1/01时,表示速率匹配RMI=4;For the pattern shown in Figure 32(a) that supports 4 orthogonal ports, 1 bit is required to indicate RMI. When the value of the RM indication is Value=0/00, it means that the rate matching RMI is 2; when Value=1/01 When it means that the rate matches RMI=4;

对于图32(b)所示的支持8个正交端口的pattern而言,需要1bit指示RM,当RM指示取值Value=0/00时,表示速率匹配RMI为2;当Value=1/01时,表示速率匹配RMI=4;For the pattern that supports 8 orthogonal ports shown in Figure 32(b), 1 bit is required to indicate RM. When the value of the RM indication is Value=0/00, it means that the rate matching RMI is 2; when Value=1/01 When it means that the rate matches RMI=4;

对于图32(c)所示的支持6个正交端口的pattern而言,需要2bits指示RM,当RM指示取值Value=0/00时,表示速率匹配RMI为2;当Value=1/01时,表示速率匹配RMI=4;当Value=2/10时,表示速率匹配RMI=6;当value=3/11时,表示速率匹配RMI的值为reserved;For the pattern shown in Figure 32(c) supporting 6 orthogonal ports, 2 bits are required to indicate RM. When the RM indicates Value=0/00, it means that the rate matching RMI is 2; when Value=1/01 When , it means the rate matching RMI=4; when Value=2/10, it means the rate matching RMI=6; when value=3/11, it means that the rate matching RMI value is reserved;

对于图32(d)所示的支持12个正交端口的pattern而言,需要2bits指示RM,当RM指示取值Value=0/00时,表示速率匹配RMI为2;当Value=1/01时,表示速率匹配RMI=4;当Value=2/10时,表示速率匹配RMI=6;当RM指示取值Value=3/11时,表示速率匹配RMI为reserved;For the pattern shown in Figure 32(d) that supports 12 orthogonal ports, 2 bits are required to indicate RM. When the value of RM indicates Value=0/00, it indicates that the rate matching RMI is 2; when Value=1/01 When , it means that the rate matching RMI=4; when Value=2/10, it means that the rate matching RMI=6; when the RM indicates that the value is Value=3/11, it means that the rate matching RMI is reserved;

此外,在该种端口映射方案下,多个DMRS图样可以对应于相同的RM表格,比如32(a)与32(b)可以对应相同的速率匹配表格,如32(a)的表格,而32(c)与32(d)可以对应相同的速率匹配表格,如32(c)的表格,及表格可以与DMRS type对应,或DMRS图样中的端口组个数对应。该方法的好处是可以节省终端存储的开销。In addition, under this port mapping scheme, multiple DMRS patterns can correspond to the same RM table, for example, 32(a) and 32(b) can correspond to the same rate matching table, such as 32(a), and 32 (c) and 32(d) may correspond to the same rate matching table, such as the table of 32(c), and the table may correspond to the DMRS type, or the number of port groups in the DMRS pattern. The advantage of this method is that the overhead of terminal storage can be saved.

如图33(a)~33(d)所示,其示意的是DMRS pattern的端口组使用状态。As shown in FIGS. 33( a ) to 33 ( d ), they illustrate the port group usage status of the DMRS pattern.

对于每一个DMRS pattern,对应的DMRS指示信息的开销不同,例如:For each DMRS pattern, the corresponding overhead of the DMRS indication information is different, for example:

对于图33(a)所示的支持4个正交端口的pattern而言,需要1bit指示RMI,当RM指示取值Value=0/00时,表示速率匹配RMI为1,即DMRS端口组1被占用;当Value=1/01时,表示速率匹配RMI=2,此时代表DMRS端口组1和2均被占用;For the pattern shown in Figure 33(a) that supports 4 orthogonal ports, 1 bit is required to indicate the RMI. When the value of the RM indication is Value=0/00, it indicates that the rate matching RMI is 1, that is, the DMRS port group 1 is Occupied; when Value=1/01, it means that the rate matches RMI=2, at this time, it means that both DMRS port groups 1 and 2 are occupied;

对于图33(b)所示的支持8个正交端口的pattern而言,需要1bit指示RM,当RM指示取值Value=0/00时,表示速率匹配RMI为1,此时DMRS端口组1被占用;当Value=1/10时,表示速率匹配RMI=2,此时表示DMRS端口组1和2均被占用;For the pattern shown in Figure 33(b) that supports 8 orthogonal ports, 1 bit is required to indicate RM. When the value of RM indicates Value=0/00, it indicates that the rate matching RMI is 1, and the DMRS port group is 1 at this time. Occupied; when Value=1/10, it means that the rate matches RMI=2, at this time, it means that both DMRS port groups 1 and 2 are occupied;

可选的,33(a)与33(b)可以对应相同的速率匹配表格,如33(a)的速率匹配表格,此时表格可以与DMRS type对应,或DMRS图样中的端口组个数对应。该方法的好处是可以节省终端存储的开销。Optionally, 33(a) and 33(b) may correspond to the same rate matching table, such as the rate matching table of 33(a), in which case the table may correspond to the DMRS type, or the number of port groups in the DMRS pattern. . The advantage of this method is that the overhead of terminal storage can be saved.

对于图33(c)所示的支持6个正交端口的pattern而言,需要2bits指示RM,当RM指示取值Value=0/00时,表示速率匹配RMI为1,此时表示DMRS端口组1被占用;当Value=1/01时,表示速率匹配RMI=2,表示DMRS端口组1和2被占用;当Value=2/10时,表示速率匹配RMI=3,此时表示DMRS端口组1、2、3均被占用;当value=3/11时,表示速率匹配RMI=4,此时表示DMRS端口组2和3被占用;需要注意的是,对于RMI=4,具体实现时也可以预先定义为DMRS端口组1和3被占用的状态,或者可以为reserved。For the pattern that supports 6 orthogonal ports shown in Figure 33(c), 2 bits are required to indicate RM. When the value of RM indicates Value=0/00, it means that the rate matching RMI is 1, which means that the DMRS port group is 1 is occupied; when Value=1/01, it means rate matching RMI=2, which means DMRS port group 1 and 2 are occupied; when Value=2/10, it means rate matching RMI=3, which means DMRS port group 1, 2, and 3 are all occupied; when value=3/11, it means that the rate matching RMI=4, at this time, it means that DMRS port groups 2 and 3 are occupied; it should be noted that for RMI=4, the specific implementation is also Can be pre-defined as the occupied state of DMRS port groups 1 and 3, or can be reserved.

对于图33(d)所示的支持12个正交端口的pattern而言,需要2bits指示RM,当RM指示取值Value=0/00时,表示速率匹配RMI为1,此时表示DMRS端口组1被占用;当Value=1/01时,表示速率匹配RMI=2,表示DMRS端口组1和2被占用;当Value=2/10时,表示速率匹配RMI=3,此时表示DMRS端口组1、2、3均被占用;当value=3/11时,表示速率匹配RMI=4,此时表示DMRS端口组2和3被占用;需要注意的是,对于RMI=4,具体实现时也可以预先定义为DMRS端口组1和3被占用的状态,或者可以为reserved。。For the pattern shown in Figure 33(d) that supports 12 orthogonal ports, 2 bits are required to indicate RM. When the value of RM indicates Value=0/00, it means that the rate matching RMI is 1, which means that the DMRS port group is 1 is occupied; when Value=1/01, it means rate matching RMI=2, which means DMRS port group 1 and 2 are occupied; when Value=2/10, it means rate matching RMI=3, which means DMRS port group 1, 2, and 3 are all occupied; when value=3/11, it means that the rate matching RMI=4, at this time, it means that DMRS port groups 2 and 3 are occupied; it should be noted that for RMI=4, the specific implementation is also Can be pre-defined as the occupied state of DMRS port groups 1 and 3, or can be reserved. .

可选的,33(c)与33(d)可以对应相同的速率匹配表格,此时表格可以与DMRS type对应,或DMRS图样中的端口组个数对应。该方法的好处是可以节省终端存储的开销。Optionally, 33(c) and 33(d) may correspond to the same rate matching table, and in this case, the table may correspond to the DMRS type, or the number of port groups in the DMRS pattern. The advantage of this method is that the overhead of terminal storage can be saved.

值得注意的是,该方案中的CDM组合仅为例子,在具体实施过程中,可以减少或增加,或者替换为其他的DMRS状态组合。It is worth noting that the CDM combination in this solution is only an example, and in a specific implementation process, it can be reduced or increased, or replaced with other DMRS state combinations.

需要注意的,在实际的实施过程中,value可以直接对应端口组被占用的状态组合,无需RMI的表示,比如对于图33(a),可以描述为表19-1。It should be noted that in the actual implementation process, the value can directly correspond to the occupied state combination of the port group, without RMI representation. For example, for Figure 33(a), it can be described as Table 19-1.

表19-1Table 19-1

此外,可选的,可以在表格中加入SU的状态,比如表19-2。In addition, optionally, the status of the SU can be added to the table, such as Table 19-2.

表19-2Table 19-2

valuevalue descriptiondescription 0/000/00 SU或0层被占用SU or 0 floor is occupied ….….

这里的0层主要用来通知终端当前为SU状态,并不限定具体的表达形式。Layer 0 here is mainly used to notify that the terminal is currently in the SU state, and the specific expression form is not limited.

实施上述图30~33所示的实施例,针对每一种pattern,或一类DMRS配置(type)或具有相同端口组个数的DMRS pattern,设计对应的DMRS指示信息,可以满足NR系统中不同场景的需求,如用于极高可靠性极低时延通信(Ultra-Reliable and Low-LatencyCommunication,URLLC)场景的pattern而不只是用于增强移动宽带(Enhanced MobileBroadband,eMBB)的pattern,针对其他不同的pattern重新考虑表格的设计。30 to 33 described above, for each pattern, or a type of DMRS configuration (type) or a DMRS pattern with the same number of port groups, the corresponding DMRS indication information is designed, which can meet the different requirements in the NR system. Scenario requirements, such as patterns for Ultra-Reliable and Low-Latency Communication (URLLC) scenarios, not just patterns for Enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB), for other different The pattern rethinks the design of the table.

实施例七Embodiment 7

DMRS配置信息和DMRS指示信息可以通过为RRC、MAC-CE、DCI的组合,进行分级指示,比如参数设置(parameter set)可以通过RRC进行配置,其中包含量化的正交传输层数信息或CDM组状态信息,用以作DMRS的速率匹配,通过DCI信令选择parameter set通知终端。以上的多种量化的正交传输层数方法均可放置于parameter set内,其中parameterset可以包括其他的信息,比如ZP-CSI-RS或者PDSCH的起始位置、结束位置等等。这里给出的表格仅为示例,具体的表格形式、大小、及描述形式不做限定。具体实现时,parameterset可以通过RRC进行配置,其中parameter set可以包含DMRS相关的速率匹配信息如表20所示。DMRS configuration information and DMRS indication information can be indicated by a combination of RRC, MAC-CE, and DCI. For example, parameter set can be configured through RRC, which includes quantized orthogonal transmission layer information or CDM group. The status information is used for rate matching of DMRS, and the parameter set is selected by DCI signaling and notified to the terminal. The above multiple quantized orthogonal transmission layer number methods can be placed in the parameter set, where the parameter set can include other information, such as the start position and end position of the ZP-CSI-RS or PDSCH, and so on. The table given here is only an example, and the specific table format, size, and description format are not limited. During specific implementation, the parameter set may be configured through RRC, wherein the parameter set may include DMRS-related rate matching information as shown in Table 20.

表20Table 20

valuevalue descriptiondescription 0/000/00 Parameter set 1Parameter set 1 1/011/01 Parameter set 2Parameter set 2 2/102/10 Parameter set 3Parameter set 3 3/113/11 Parameter set 4Parameter set 4

实施例八Embodiment 8

本实施例中,将总正交传输层数或总正交端口数(本文中总正交传输层数和总正交端口数两者在数值上相等)相关信息设计到DMRS配置信息表中,该总正交端口数相关信息通过一个指示信息来体现,该指示信息可以指示实际可能出现的所有正交端口数,或者实际可能出现的所有正交端口数的量化值,所有正交端口数的量化值可以是DMRS正交层数信息,或者是DMRS天线正交端口集合指示信息,或者DMRS天线正交端口的CDM组信息,或者是依据CDM大小生成的信息。In this embodiment, relevant information about the total number of orthogonal transmission layers or the total number of orthogonal ports (the total number of orthogonal transmission layers and the total number of orthogonal ports in this paper are both numerically equal) is designed into the DMRS configuration information table, The information related to the total number of orthogonal ports is represented by indication information, and the indication information may indicate the number of all orthogonal ports that may actually appear, or the quantized value of the number of all orthogonal ports that may actually appear. The quantization value may be DMRS orthogonal layer number information, or DMRS antenna orthogonal port set indication information, or CDM group information of DMRS antenna orthogonal ports, or information generated according to the CDM size.

针对如图34中的34(a),34(b),34(c)和34(d)四种pattern,相对于前述表1到表4中的DMRS配置信息表,本实施例中添加了总正交传输层数的指示信息这一特征,如图表21到表24所示的信息表中的total或total layer number一栏所示的即为总正交传输层数的指示信息。For the four patterns 34(a), 34(b), 34(c) and 34(d) in FIG. 34 , compared to the DMRS configuration information tables in Table 1 to Table 4, this embodiment adds The feature of the indication information of the total number of orthogonal transmission layers, as shown in the column of total or total layer number in the information table shown in Table 21 to Table 24, is the indication information of the total number of orthogonal transmission layers.

表21Table 21

port combinations for 1-symbol pattern in config.1port combinations for 1-symbol pattern in config.1

表22Table 22

port combinations for 2-symbol pattern in config.1port combinations for 2-symbol pattern in config.1

表23Table 23

port combinations for 1-symbol pattern in config.2port combinations for 1-symbol pattern in config.2

表24Table 24

port combinations for 2-symbol pattern in config.2port combinations for 2-symbol pattern in config.2

本实施例考虑了所有可能出现的总正交传输层数,可以适配所有的场景,并且可以用于做MU适配的多个终端进行速率匹配。This embodiment considers all possible total orthogonal transmission layers, can adapt to all scenarios, and can be used for rate matching for multiple terminals performing MU adaptation.

本实施例在前述实施例提供的DMRS配置信息表的内容的基础上,添加了总正交传输层数这一特征,即为量化的层数信息,终端结合该信息,可以隐性获得RMI信息。Based on the content of the DMRS configuration information table provided in the foregoing embodiment, this embodiment adds the feature of the total number of orthogonal transmission layers, that is, the quantized layer number information, and the terminal can obtain the RMI information implicitly by combining this information .

本实施例考虑了所有可能出现的总正交传输层数,可以适配所有的场景。其中的quantized layer num是对可能的正交传输层数的量化值,并且采用DMRS配置信息表中的DMRS指示信息(value)相同的值来进行指示;该DMRS配置信息表可以与LTE中的类似,例如,LTE中的天线端口数(Antenna ports),扰码指示(scrambling identity)和正交传输层数指示(number of layers indication),它还可以包含DMRS端口数、端口索引、序列生成信息、CDM类型中的至少一种,在此基础上,添加正交传输层数的量化值。该DMRS配置信息表可以同时保存在发射端和接收端上,发射端需要向接收端指示速率匹配方案的时候,只需要发送一个指示信息到接收端即可,接收端接收到该指示信息之后,以其作为索引,在DMRS配置信息表中查找对应的正交传输层数的量化值,同时获知DMRS层数信息,或者DMRS天线端口集合信息,或者也DMRS天线端口的码分复用CDM组信息等等,进而接收端识别出哪些资源单元是被用于本接收端的DMRS传输,哪些资源单元是用于CDM复用的其他接收端的DMRS传输,剩下的资源单元便是用于与本接收端相关的数据传输,因此,本接收端在相应的资源单元上进行数据解调。This embodiment considers all possible total orthogonal transmission layers, and can adapt to all scenarios. The quantized layer num is the quantized value of the number of possible orthogonal transmission layers, and is indicated by the same value as the DMRS indication information (value) in the DMRS configuration information table; the DMRS configuration information table can be similar to that in LTE , for example, the number of antenna ports (Antenna ports), the scrambling identity (scrambling identity) and the number of orthogonal transmission layers (number of layers indication) in LTE, which may also include the DMRS port number, port index, sequence generation information, For at least one of the CDM types, on this basis, a quantization value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers is added. The DMRS configuration information table can be stored on the transmitter and receiver at the same time. When the transmitter needs to indicate the rate matching scheme to the receiver, it only needs to send an indication message to the receiver. Using it as an index, look up the quantization value of the corresponding orthogonal transmission layer number in the DMRS configuration information table, and learn the DMRS layer number information, or the DMRS antenna port set information, or also the code division multiplexing CDM group information of the DMRS antenna ports. and so on, and then the receiving end identifies which resource units are used for the DMRS transmission of the receiving end, which resource units are used for the DMRS transmission of other receiving ends of CDM multiplexing, and the remaining resource units are used for the receiving end. related data transmission, therefore, the receiving end performs data demodulation on the corresponding resource unit.

另一种实现方式中,本申请实施例的指示信息指示非接收端自身使用的DMRS端口组状态。具体的,可以通过DCI来指示:In another implementation manner, the indication information in this embodiment of the present application indicates the state of the DMRS port group used by the non-receiving end itself. Specifically, it can be indicated by DCI:

针对34(a)和34(b)所示的configration,通过如下表25进行指示:For the configuration shown in 34(a) and 34(b), it is indicated by the following Table 25:

表25Table 25

valuevalue MUMU DescriptionDescription 00 non-mutenon-mute 11 MUMU all-muteall-mute

该表25可以根据协议配置在发射端和接收端,也可以由发射端通过RRC信令发送至接收端。The table 25 may be configured at the transmitter and receiver according to the protocol, or may be sent by the transmitter to the receiver through RRC signaling.

其中,与前述实施例不同的是,该表25中,value值对应的不再是正交传输层数的量化值,而是表示非接收端自身使用的DMRS端口组的状态,例如value=0的时候,表示不管是SU还是MU配对,非接收端自身使用的DMRS端口组的状态是非静默(non-mute),而value=1时,表示非接收端自身使用的DMRS端口组的状态是全部静默(all-mute)。接收端接收到该指示信息(value值)之后,即可判断出非自身使用的DMRS端口组的状态,从而完成速率匹配。需要说明的是,表25中MU一栏仅为示例,具体实现的时候可以没有。The difference from the previous embodiment is that in this Table 25, the value corresponding to the value is no longer the quantized value of the number of orthogonal transmission layers, but represents the state of the DMRS port group used by the non-receiving end itself, for example, value=0 When value=1, it means that the state of the DMRS port group used by the non-receiver itself is non-mute, regardless of whether it is SU or MU pairing, and when value=1, it means that the state of the DMRS port group used by the non-receiver itself is all All-mute. After receiving the indication information (value), the receiving end can determine the state of the DMRS port group not used by itself, thereby completing rate matching. It should be noted that the MU column in Table 25 is only an example, and may be omitted in specific implementation.

针对34(c)和34(d)所示的configration,一种方式也是指示非自身使用的DMRS端口组是否被静默,如下表26所示,其中较大和较小的集合可以根据非接收端自身使用的端口组的相对关系进行确定,例如,对于3个端口组的场景,当终端使用1个端口组时,较大和较小的端口组可以根据剩余的2个端口组内的最大(或最小)端口号的相对关系(如大小)确定,具体实施中,可以不包含比较的过程,直接将较大和较小的端口组预存。For the configuration shown in 34(c) and 34(d), one way is to indicate whether the DMRS port group that is not used by itself is muted, as shown in Table 26 below, where the larger and smaller sets can be based on the non-receiving end itself. The relative relationship of the used port groups is determined. For example, for the scenario of 3 port groups, when the terminal uses 1 port group, the larger and smaller port groups can be determined according to the largest (or smallest) value in the remaining 2 port groups. ) relative relationship (such as size) of the port numbers is determined. In the specific implementation, the comparison process may not be included, and the larger and smaller port groups are directly stored in advance.

表26Table 26

valuevalue SU/MUSU/MU DescriptionDescription 00 SUSU non-mutenon-mute 11 MUMU mute smaller setmute smaller set 22 MUMU mute larger setmute larger set 33 MUMU all-muteall-mute

另一种方式是,指示非自身使用的DMRS端口组具体是哪些,例如,当接收端使用端口组1时,value=0时,表示未被静默;value=1时,表示做MU配对的其他接收端使用的是端口组2;value=2时,表示做MU配对的其他接收端使用的是端口组3;value=3时,表示做MU配对的其他接收端使用的是端口组2和端口组3。具体实现中,可以不定义端口组的序号,通过端口组中的端口号来指示端口组,例如端口组2包含端口{5,6,7,8},则可以在表格中直接将端口组2替换为{5,6,7,8},具体如表27所示。Another way is to indicate the specific DMRS port groups that are not used by itself. For example, when the receiving end uses port group 1, when value=0, it means that it is not muted; when value=1, it means other MU pairing The receiver uses port group 2; when value=2, it indicates that other receivers for MU pairing use port group 3; when value=3, it indicates that other receivers for MU pairing use port group 2 and port Group 3. In the specific implementation, the serial number of the port group may not be defined, and the port group is indicated by the port number in the port group. For example, the port group 2 contains ports {5, 6, 7, 8}, and the port group 2 can be directly in the table. Replace with {5,6,7,8}, as shown in Table 27.

表27Table 27

valuevalue SU/MUSU/MU DescriptionDescription 00 SUSU non-mutenon-mute 11 MUMU 端口组2port group 2 22 MUMU 端口组3port group 3 33 MUMU 所有端口组or端口组2,端口组3All port groups or port group 2, port group 3

再一种方式是,通过RRC+DCI多级指示,方式如下:Another way is to use RRC+DCI multi-level indication, the way is as follows:

DMRS的rate matching信息可以通过RRC+DCI多级指示,或者RRC+MAC CE+DCI多级指示The rate matching information of DMRS can be indicated by RRC+DCI multi-level, or RRC+MAC CE+DCI multi-level indication

RRC可以配置多个包含DMRS rate matching参数集合,通过DCI信令动态选择RRC can configure multiple sets of parameters including DMRS rate matching, which can be dynamically selected through DCI signaling

比如,RRC配置2个parameter set,1bit DCI信令动态进行选择,或者,RRC配置4个parameter set,2bits DCI信令进行动态选择,具体如表28-1和表28-2所示。For example, RRC is configured with 2 parameter sets, and 1-bit DCI signaling is dynamically selected. Alternatively, RRC is configured with 4 parameter sets and 2-bit DCI signaling is dynamically selected, as shown in Table 28-1 and Table 28-2.

表28-1Table 28-1

1bit case1bit case

value of'RE mapping'fieldvalue of 'RE mapping' field DescriptionDescription 0/'00'0/'00' parameter set 1 configured by higher layersparameter set 1 configured by higher layers 1/'01'1/'01' parameter set 2 configured by higher layersparameter set 2 configured by higher layers

表28-2Table 28-2

2bits case2bits case

value of'RE mapping'fieldvalue of 'RE mapping' field DescriptionDescription 0/'00'0/'00' parameter set 1 configured by higher layersparameter set 1 configured by higher layers 1/'01'1/'01' parameter set 2 configured by higher layersparameter set 2 configured by higher layers 3/'10'3/'10' parameter set 3 configured by higher layersparameter set 3 configured by higher layers 4/'11'4/'11' parameter set 4 configured by higher layersparameter set 4 configured by higher layers

parameter set中包含DMRS的rate matching信息,rate matching状态信息可以有多种表达形式,比如:The parameter set contains the rate matching information of the DMRS, and the rate matching status information can be expressed in various forms, such as:

可以是上述方案中给出的4种状态,具体的为value值对应的0,1,2,3四种状态;It can be the four states given in the above scheme, specifically the four states of 0, 1, 2, and 3 corresponding to the value value;

可以是每个CDM组是否被占用的状态信息,例如可以对CDM组进行编号,比如1、2、3DMRS CDM组;具体实现中,可以不存在对于CDM组编号的状态,可以通过指示CDM组中的端口号实现。It can be the status information of whether each CDM group is occupied. For example, the CDM group can be numbered, such as 1, 2, and 3DMRS CDM groups; port number implementation.

可以是ZP DMRS的具体位置,对应多个CDM组的位置(例如使用bitmap,对于config1 2bits,对于config2 3bits);It can be the specific location of ZP DMRS, corresponding to the location of multiple CDM groups (for example, using bitmap, for config1 2bits, for config2 3bits);

可以是rate matching pattern,直接表示DMRS symbol上的哪些RE需要被mute,此时没有CDM组概念。It can be a rate matching pattern, which directly indicates which REs on the DMRS symbol need to be muted. At this time, there is no concept of a CDM group.

另一种实现方式中,在DMRS配置信息表中用CDM组信息用来实现DMRS的速率匹配。In another implementation manner, the CDM group information is used in the DMRS configuration information table to implement the rate matching of the DMRS.

一种实现方式中RMI可以表示为CDM组的状态信息,比如8-1和8-2的“State ofCDM group”一栏。下面针对具体的DMRS pattern作为示例,其中具体的DMRS port端口号仅为示例。对于不同的端口映射顺序(port mapping),下面实施例中的DMRS端口号(portindex)可能发生改变,这里不做限定。In an implementation manner, the RMI may be represented as the state information of the CDM group, such as the "State of CDM group" column of 8-1 and 8-2. The following is an example for a specific DMRS pattern, where the specific DMRS port number is only an example. For different port mapping sequences (port mapping), the DMRS port number (portindex) in the following embodiments may change, which is not limited here.

结合图34(图34中端口组即CDM端口组),对于表8-1对应的FL DMRSconfiguration type 1,状态1(State of CDM group=1)代表CDM端口组1(图34(a)和(b)中的斜划线部分)被占用;状态2代表CDM组1和2被占用(图34(a)和(b)中的斜划线和横线部分);With reference to Figure 34 (the port group in Figure 34 is the CDM port group), for the FL DMRS configuration type 1 corresponding to Table 8-1, State 1 (State of CDM group=1) represents the CDM port group 1 (Figure 34(a) and ( The slashed part in b) is occupied; state 2 represents that CDM groups 1 and 2 are occupied (the slashed and horizontal parts in Figure 34(a) and (b));

对于表格8-2对应的DMRS type 2,状态1对应CDM组1被占用(图34(c)和(d)中的斜划线部分),状态2代表CDM组1和2被占用(图34(c)和(d)中的斜划线和横线部分),状态3代表CDM组1、2、3被占用(图34(c)和(d)中的斜划线和横线部分、竖线部分)。For DMRS type 2 corresponding to Table 8-2, state 1 corresponds to CDM group 1 being occupied (the slashed part in Figure 34(c) and (d)), and state 2 represents that CDM groups 1 and 2 are occupied (Figure 34 (c) and (d) the dashed and dashed parts), state 3 represents that CDM groups 1, 2, and 3 are occupied (the slashed and dashed parts in Figure 34 (c) and (d), vertical bar).

上面仅给出了一种CDM组占用状态的示例,具体实施中每种状态可以替换成其他的CDM组被占用的状态。此外,具体实现时,表8-1和表8-2中具体指示的CDM组状态(如表中的State of CDM group=1、2、3)可以替换成被占用的CDM组编号(如CDM group 1),或者可以直接表示为CDM组内的全部端口号(如CDM group 1可以表示为端口号0、1或者0、1、4、6)或者占用的CDM组中的至少一个DMRS端口号(如CDM group 1可以表示为端口号0或者0、1)。此外,在表示为CDM组内的全部端口号方式中,表格8-1和表8-2中可以省略symbol number一栏,通过直接指示CDM组内全部的端口号隐性指示1符号或者2符号FL DMRS pattern,比如,对于1符号type1,CDM组1表示为0,1,对于2符号type1,CDM组1表示为0,1,4,6,接收端可以根据CDM组内的端口号隐性获得1符号或者2符号DMRS的信息。The above only gives an example of an occupied state of a CDM group, and each state can be replaced with a state in which other CDM groups are occupied in a specific implementation. In addition, during specific implementation, the CDM group states specifically indicated in Table 8-1 and Table 8-2 (for example, State of CDM group=1, 2, and 3 in the table) can be replaced with occupied CDM group numbers (for example, CDM group numbers). group 1), or can be directly expressed as all port numbers in the CDM group (for example, CDM group 1 can be expressed as port numbers 0, 1 or 0, 1, 4, 6) or at least one DMRS port number in the occupied CDM group (For example, CDM group 1 can be represented as port number 0 or 0, 1). In addition, in the method of expressing all port numbers in the CDM group, the column of symbol number can be omitted in Table 8-1 and Table 8-2, and the 1 symbol or 2 symbol can be implicitly indicated by directly indicating all the port numbers in the CDM group. FL DMRS pattern, for example, for 1-symbol type1, CDM group 1 is represented as 0, 1, and for 2-symbol type1, CDM group 1 is represented as 0, 1, 4, 6, the receiving end can be implicitly based on the port number in the CDM group Obtain 1-symbol or 2-symbol DMRS information.

另一种实现方式中,表格的RMI信息可以表示被占用的CDM组个数,即表8-1和8-2中的“State of CDM group”可以替换为‘number of CDM groups’或‘number of co-scheduled CDM groups’,具体文字表达不做限定。In another implementation manner, the RMI information of the table may indicate the number of occupied CDM groups, that is, "State of CDM group" in Tables 8-1 and 8-2 may be replaced with 'number of CDM groups' or 'number' of co-scheduled CDM groups', the specific text expression is not limited.

表29-1给出了DMRS type 1对应的一种添加方法,‘number of co-scheduled CDMgroups’表示type 1中1个或者2个CDM组被占用。一种实现方法中,CDM组个数可以依据一定调度顺序实现,如依据前述实施例中当前量化的正交端口层数获得。一种实现方法中,CDM组个数信息可以直接对应特定的CDM组序号,或基于一定调度规则。比如对于DMRS type 1,1个CDM组可以对应CDM组1被占用,2个CDM组可以理解为CDM组1和CDM组2被占用。对于DMRStype2,1个CDM组可以对应CDM组1被占用,2个CDM组可以理解为CDM组1和CDM组2被占用,3个CDM组可以理解为CDM组1、2、3被占用。另一种实现方法中,CDM组个数可以不与CDM组序号绑定,比如对于DMRS type 1,1个CDM组用表示系统中仅有一个CDM组使用,该CDM组可以为CDM组1或者CDM组2,接收端可以根据其具体DMRS端口号获得被占用的CDM组序号,2个CDM组则表示2个CDM组均被占用,接收端可能使用1个或者两个CDM组,若接收端使用CDM组2,那么可以推断CDM组1被其他接收端占用,从而进行速率匹配。Table 29-1 shows an addition method corresponding to DMRS type 1. 'number of co-scheduled CDMgroups' indicates that one or two CDM groups in type 1 are occupied. In an implementation method, the number of CDM groups may be implemented according to a certain scheduling order, such as obtained according to the number of layers of orthogonal ports currently quantized in the foregoing embodiment. In an implementation method, the information on the number of CDM groups may directly correspond to a specific CDM group serial number, or be based on a certain scheduling rule. For example, for DMRS type 1, one CDM group can be occupied corresponding to CDM group 1, and two CDM groups can be understood as CDM group 1 and CDM group 2 are occupied. For DMRStype2, one CDM group can be occupied corresponding to CDM group 1, 2 CDM groups can be understood as CDM group 1 and CDM group 2 are occupied, and 3 CDM groups can be understood as CDM groups 1, 2, and 3 are occupied. In another implementation method, the number of CDM groups may not be bound with the CDM group serial number. For example, for DMRS type 1, one CDM group is used to indicate that only one CDM group is used in the system, and the CDM group can be CDM group 1 or CDM group 2, the receiver can obtain the serial number of the occupied CDM group according to its specific DMRS port number, 2 CDM groups means that both CDM groups are occupied, the receiver may use one or two CDM groups, if the receiver Using CDM group 2, it can be inferred that CDM group 1 is occupied by other receivers, thereby performing rate matching.

表29-1 DMRS端口组合类型1示例Table 29-1 Example of DMRS port combination type 1

此外,另一种实现方式中,表格中添加的CDM组个数,可以不包括接收端自身使用的CDM组个数,即表格中指示系统当前使用的且不包括接收端自身使用的CDM组的个数,或者可以理解为(系统中被占用的CDM组总个数-接收端使用的CDM组个数)。比如,对于Type1,当系统共2个CDM组被调用,接收端使用2个CDM组时,非接收端自身使用的CDM组个数为0;当系统共2个CDM组被调用,接收端使用1个CDM组,非接收端自身使用的CDM组个数为1个;当系统共1个CDM组被调用,接收端使用1个CDM组,非接收端使用的CDM组个数为0。该种方案中的CDM组个数可以替换为表D-1中的number of co-scheduled CDM groups。具体表格本领域研究人员可以根据上述原则直接推导得出表格。In addition, in another implementation manner, the number of CDM groups added in the table may not include the number of CDM groups used by the receiver itself, that is, the table indicates the number of CDM groups currently used by the system and does not include the CDM group used by the receiver itself. The number, or can be understood as (the total number of occupied CDM groups in the system - the number of CDM groups used by the receiver). For example, for Type1, when a total of 2 CDM groups in the system are called and the receiver uses 2 CDM groups, the number of CDM groups used by the non-receiver itself is 0; when a total of 2 CDM groups in the system are called, the receiver uses For 1 CDM group, the number of CDM groups used by the non-receiver itself is 1; when a total of 1 CDM group is called in the system, the receiver uses 1 CDM group, and the number of CDM groups used by the non-receiver is 0. The number of CDM groups in this solution can be replaced by the number of co-scheduled CDM groups in Table D-1. Specific tables Researchers in the field can directly derive tables based on the above principles.

此外,上述DMRS配置信息表格中还可以添加功率增加(power boosting)信息,如29-1中添加一列给出具体每个状态的power boosting数值,具体数值对于type 1可以是0db、3dB,对于type 2可以是0dB、1.77dB、4.77dB。在表格中,power boosting的具体数值可以直接根据当前状态占用的CDM组的个数和接收端port信息直接推断可得,powerboosting value与状态具有一一对应关系。In addition, power boosting information can also be added to the above DMRS configuration information table. For example, a column is added in 29-1 to give the specific power boosting value of each state. The specific value can be 0db or 3dB for type 1, and for type 2 can be 0dB, 1.77dB, 4.77dB. In the table, the specific value of power boosting can be directly inferred according to the number of CDM groups occupied by the current state and the port information of the receiver, and the power boosting value has a one-to-one correspondence with the state.

具体原则为,对于DMRS type 1,当接收端使用占用1个CDM端口组,且系统当前仅有1个CDM端口组被占用时,power boosting数值为0dB;当接收端使用占用2个CDM端口组,且系统当前有2个CDM端口组被占用时,power boosting数值为0dB;当接收端使用占用1个CDM端口组,且系统当前有2个CDM端口组被占用时,power boosting数值为3dB。表29-2中给出一个对应DMRS type 1的一个例子,具体port调用、symbol number不做限定。The specific principle is that for DMRS type 1, when the receiver uses 1 CDM port group and the system currently has only 1 CDM port group occupied, the power boosting value is 0dB; when the receiver uses 2 CDM port groups , and the system currently has 2 CDM port groups occupied, the power boosting value is 0dB; when the receiver uses 1 CDM port group and the system currently has 2 CDM port groups occupied, the power boosting value is 3dB. An example corresponding to DMRS type 1 is given in Table 29-2. The specific port call and symbol number are not limited.

表29-2 DMRS端口组合类型1示例Table 29-2 Example of DMRS port combination type 1

对于DMRS type 2,当接收端使用占用1个CDM端口组,且系统当前仅有1个CDM端口组被占用时,power boosting数值为0dB;当接收端使用占用2个CDM端口组,且系统当前有2个CDM端口组被占用时,power boosting数值为0dB;当接收端使用占用1个CDM端口组,且系统当前有2个CDM端口组被占用时,power boosting数值为1.77dB;当接收端使用占用1个CDM端口组,且系统当前有3个CDM端口组被占用时,power boosting数值为4.77dB。这里限定MU时候一个接收端最多只能调用1个CDM组中的4个端口,即MU时,一个接收端最多仅能占用1个CDM组。表29-3中给出一个对应DMRS type 2的一个例子,具体port调用、symbolnumber不做限定。For DMRS type 2, when the receiver uses 1 CDM port group and only 1 CDM port group is currently occupied in the system, the power boosting value is 0dB; when the receiver uses 2 CDM port groups and the system currently occupies 2 CDM port groups When 2 CDM port groups are occupied, the power boosting value is 0dB; when the receiver uses 1 CDM port group and the system currently has 2 CDM port groups occupied, the power boosting value is 1.77dB; When one CDM port group is occupied and three CDM port groups are currently occupied in the system, the power boosting value is 4.77dB. Here, when MU is limited, a receiver can only call four ports in one CDM group at most, that is, when MU, one receiver can only occupy one CDM group at most. An example corresponding to DMRS type 2 is given in Table 29-3. The specific port call and symbolnumber are not limited.

Table 29-3 DMRS端口组合类型2示例Table 29-3 Example of DMRS Port Combination Type 2

实施例九Embodiment 9

本实施例用于解决非相关联合传输(Non-coherent joint transmission,NC-JT2 PDCCH)场景下的DMRS rate matching问题。This embodiment is used to solve the DMRS rate matching problem in a non-coherent joint transmission (Non-coherent joint transmission, NC-JT2 PDCCH) scenario.

如图35所示,在此Multi-TRP,NC-JT,2PDCCH场景中支持12ports,TRP0使用{1,2,7,10};TRP1使用{3,4,5,6,8,9,11,12}As shown in Figure 35, 12ports are supported in this Multi-TRP, NC-JT, 2PDCCH scenario, TRP0 uses {1, 2, 7, 10}; TRP1 uses {3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11 ,12}

本实施例中提供一种解决方式是协议默认解决方案:TRP默认将非TRP自己可使用的一个或多个QCL组内的DMRS对应RE位置进行静默(mute)。例如,对于如图36所示的DMRSpattern,即两个DMRS端口组,则2个TRP将非自身使用的DMRS端口对应的时频资源位置静默,因此该方案可以直接解决,无需额外的信令指示。A solution provided in this embodiment is a protocol default solution: TRP mutes the corresponding RE positions of DMRSs in one or more QCL groups that are not usable by the TRP itself by default. For example, for the DMRSpattern shown in Figure 36, that is, two DMRS port groups, the two TRPs will silence the time-frequency resource positions corresponding to the DMRS ports not used by themselves, so this solution can be solved directly without additional signaling instructions .

另一种解决方式是独立指示方案如图37所示:TRP默认将非TRP自己可使用的一个或多个QCL组内的DMRS对应RE位置进行muting,此外,对于有多个端口组的TRP,其给UE发送RM信号,该速率匹配信令可以根据之前介绍的方案适用,需要注意的是,此时,速率匹配信令是根据当前TRP可使用的DMRS端口或可支持可支持最大层数或自身可使用的DMRS端口对应的DMRS图样进行生成。UE根据自己的使用收到的速率匹配信令完成速率匹配,方案可以使用之前实施例中方案。这里仅以一种DMRS pattern举例,对于不同的DMRS pattern,可以使用相应的RM信令。Another solution is the independent indication scheme as shown in Figure 37: TRP mutes the corresponding RE positions of DMRSs in one or more QCL groups that can be used by non-TRPs by default. In addition, for TRPs with multiple port groups, It sends the RM signal to the UE, and the rate matching signaling can be applied according to the previously introduced scheme. It should be noted that at this time, the rate matching signaling is based on the DMRS port that can be used by the current TRP or the maximum number of layers that can be supported or can be supported. The DMRS pattern corresponding to the DMRS port that can be used by itself is generated. The UE completes the rate matching according to the rate matching signaling received by the UE itself, and the solution may use the solution in the previous embodiment. Here, only one DMRS pattern is used as an example, for different DMRS patterns, corresponding RM signaling can be used.

比如,对于图37,TRP0仅能使用DMRS端口组1,TRP1可以使用DMRS端口组2和3,此时,TRP0将DMRS端口组2和3对应时频资源静默,TRP1将DMRS端口组1对应时频资源静默,此外,终端会收到TRP1的速率匹配信令,该信令指示端口组2和3共的量化正交传输层数,即TRP1可使用的DMRS端口的量化正交传输层数,此时TRP0可以没有速率匹配信令,或者速率匹配信令可以发送代表SU的状态。终端接收TRP1的速率匹配信令,完成速率匹配,解调TRP1发送的数据。For example, for Figure 37, TRP0 can only use DMRS port group 1, and TRP1 can use DMRS port group 2 and 3. At this time, TRP0 mutes the time-frequency resources corresponding to DMRS port groups 2 and 3, and TRP1 corresponds to DMRS port group 1. In addition, the terminal will receive the rate matching signaling of TRP1, which indicates the number of quantized orthogonal transmission layers in port groups 2 and 3, that is, the number of quantized orthogonal transmission layers of DMRS ports that can be used by TRP1, At this time, TRP0 may have no rate matching signaling, or the rate matching signaling may be sent to represent the status of the SU. The terminal receives the rate matching signaling of TRP1, completes the rate matching, and demodulates the data sent by TRP1.

需要说明的是,本实施例也可以采用指示信息指示非接收端本身使用的DMRS端口组的方式,例如对于TRP0进入NC-JT模式时,无需信令指示,或者使用原始信令指示,而对于TRP1,通过下表进行指示,当value=0的时候,表示非自身使用的DMRS端口组未被静默,而value=1时,非自身使用的DMRS端口组都被静默,具体如表30所示。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the indication information may also be used to indicate the DMRS port group used by the non-receiving end itself. For example, when TRP0 enters the NC-JT mode, no signaling instruction is required, or the original signaling instruction is used. TRP1 is indicated by the following table. When value=0, it means that the DMRS port group not used by itself is not muted, and when value=1, the DMRS port group not used by itself is muted, as shown in Table 30. .

表30Table 30

valuevalue DescriptionDescription 00 non-mutenon-mute 11 all-muteall-mute

实施例十Embodiment ten

本实施例十适用于动态TDD或者灵活双工场景。The tenth embodiment is applicable to dynamic TDD or flexible duplex scenarios.

如图38所示,在Dynamic TDD中,支持12ports,TRP0使用{1,2,3,4}DMRS端口;TRP1使用{5,6,7,8}DMRS端口;As shown in Figure 38, in Dynamic TDD, 12 ports are supported, TRP0 uses {1, 2, 3, 4} DMRS ports; TRP1 uses {5, 6, 7, 8} DMRS ports;

本实施例中提供一种解决方式是协议默认解决方案:TRP默认将非TRP自己可使用的一个或多个QCL组内的DMRS对应RE位置进行静默(mute)。例如,对于如图39所示的DMRSpattern,即两个DMRS端口组,TRP0和TRP1各使用一个DMRS端口组,并将非自己使用的DMRS端口组对应的时频资源位置静默,因此,该方案可以直接解决,无需额外的信令指示。A solution provided in this embodiment is a protocol default solution: TRP mutes the corresponding RE positions of DMRSs in one or more QCL groups that are not usable by the TRP itself by default. For example, for the DMRS pattern shown in Figure 39, that is, two DMRS port groups, TRP0 and TRP1 each use one DMRS port group, and the time-frequency resource positions corresponding to the DMRS port groups not used by themselves are muted. Therefore, this solution can Directly resolved without additional signaling instructions.

另一种解决方式是独立指示方案如图40所示:TRP默认将非TRP自己可使用的一个或多个QCL组内的DMRS对应RE位置进行muting,此外,对于有多个端口组的TRP,其给UE发送RM信号,该速率匹配信令可以根据之前介绍的方案适用,需要注意的是,此时,速率匹配信令可以根据当前TRP可使用的DMRS端口或可使用的DMRS端口对应的DMRS图样进行生成。UE根据自己的使用收到的速率匹配信令完成速率匹配,方案可以使用之前实施例中方案。这里仅与一种DMRS pattern举例,对于不同的DMRS pattern,可以使用相应的RM信令。Another solution is the independent indication scheme as shown in Figure 40: TRP mutes the corresponding RE positions of DMRSs in one or more QCL groups that can be used by non-TRPs by default. In addition, for TRPs with multiple port groups, It sends the RM signal to the UE, and the rate matching signaling can be applied according to the previously introduced scheme. It should be noted that at this time, the rate matching signaling can be based on the DMRS port that can be used by the current TRP or the DMRS corresponding to the DMRS port that can be used. pattern is generated. The UE completes the rate matching according to the rate matching signaling received by the UE itself, and the solution may use the solution in the previous embodiment. Here, only one DMRS pattern is taken as an example, for different DMRS patterns, corresponding RM signaling can be used.

比如,对于图40,TRP0仅能使用DMRS端口组1,TRP1可以使用DMRS端口组2和3,此时,TRP0将DMRS端口组2和3位置静默,TRP1将DMRS端口组1位置静默,此外,终端会收到TRP1的速率匹配信令,该信令指示DMRS端口组2和3的量化正交传输层数,即TRP1的量化正交传输层数,此时TRP0可以没有速率匹配信令,或者速率匹配信令可以发送代表SU的状态。终端接收TRP1的速率匹配信令,完成速率匹配,解调TRP1发送的数据。For example, for Figure 40, TRP0 can only use DMRS port group 1, and TRP1 can use DMRS port group 2 and 3. At this time, TRP0 mutes DMRS port group 2 and 3, and TRP1 mutes DMRS port group 1. In addition, The terminal will receive the rate matching signaling of TRP1, which indicates the number of quantized orthogonal transmission layers of DMRS port groups 2 and 3, that is, the number of quantized orthogonal transmission layers of TRP1. At this time, TRP0 may not have rate matching signaling, or Rate matching signaling may be sent to represent the status of the SU. The terminal receives the rate matching signaling of TRP1, completes the rate matching, and demodulates the data sent by TRP1.

需要说明的是,本实施例也可以采用指示信息指示非接收端本身使用的DMRS端口组的方式,例如对于TRP0进入NC-JT模式时,无需信令指示,或者使用原始信令指示,而对于TRP1,通过下表进行指示,当value=1的时候,非自身使用的DMRS端口组未被静默,而value=1时,非自身使用的DMRS端口组都被静默,具体如表31所示:It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the indication information may also be used to indicate the DMRS port group used by the non-receiving end itself. For example, when TRP0 enters the NC-JT mode, no signaling instruction is required, or the original signaling instruction is used. TRP1, indicated by the following table, when value=1, the DMRS port group not used by itself is not muted, and when value=1, the DMRS port group not used by itself is muted, as shown in Table 31:

表31Table 31

valuevalue DescriptionDescription 00 non-mutenon-mute 11 all-muteall-mute

上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个网元,例如基站或者终端。为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. It can be understood that each network element, such as a base station or a terminal. In order to realize the above-mentioned functions, it includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the present application can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.

本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对基站或者终端进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面以采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块为例进行说明:In this embodiment of the present application, the base station or terminal may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation. The following is an example of dividing each function module corresponding to each function to illustrate:

图41示出了一种发射端350的结构示意图。该发射端350可以是上文中涉及的基站100或终端200。该发射端350可以包括处理单元3501和发送单元3502。其中,处理单元3501可以用于执行图6中的S101,即从多个DMRS配置信息表中选择DMRS配置信息,并且根据该DMRS配置信息得到DMRS指示信息,或执行图21所示的S201,即生成解调参考信号DMRS指示信息;所述DMRS指示信息与最大可支持端口数或DMRS图样,或DMRS配置类型对应,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送单元3502可以用于执行图6中的S102或图21所述的S202中发射端执行通过时频资源发送DMRS相关信息或DMRS指示信息的动作,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。FIG. 41 shows a schematic structural diagram of a transmitting end 350 . The transmitting end 350 may be the base station 100 or the terminal 200 mentioned above. The transmitting end 350 may include a processing unit 3501 and a sending unit 3502 . The processing unit 3501 may be configured to perform S101 in FIG. 6 , that is, select DMRS configuration information from multiple DMRS configuration information tables, and obtain DMRS indication information according to the DMRS configuration information, or perform S201 shown in FIG. 21 , that is, Demodulation reference signal DMRS indication information is generated; the DMRS indication information corresponds to a maximum supportable port number or DMRS pattern, or DMRS configuration type, and/or other processes used to support the techniques described herein. The sending unit 3502 may be configured to perform the action of S102 in FIG. 6 or S202 described in FIG. 21 , and the transmitting end performs the action of sending DMRS related information or DMRS indication information through time-frequency resources, and/or for supporting the technology described herein. other processes. All relevant contents of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments can be cited in the functional descriptions of the corresponding functional modules, which will not be repeated here.

图42示出了一接收端360的结构示意图。该接收端360可以包括处理单元3602和接收单元3603。其中:该接收端360可以是上文中涉及的终端200或基站100。接收单元3603用于执行图6中的S103中接收端所执行的接收所述DMRS指示信息的动作或用于执行图21中的S203中接收端所执行的接收所述DMRS指示信息的动作,和/本申请实施例中所涉及到的接收端接收任何信息的动作。处理单元3602可以用于执行图6中的S104,即根据接收的所述DMRS指示信息,或用于执行图21中的S204,即根据接收的所述DMRS指示信息,从而完成解调参考信号,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。示例的,在具体实现过程中,可以理解为,接收端360先通过例如但不限于傅里叶反变换(inverse fouriertransform,IFFT)获取每个RE上承载的符号(如获取每个OFDM符号每个子载波上承载的符号),然后,根据DMRS所在的时频资源,从获取的符号中获取DMRS。FIG. 42 shows a schematic structural diagram of a receiving end 360 . The receiving end 360 may include a processing unit 3602 and a receiving unit 3603 . Wherein: the receiving end 360 may be the terminal 200 or the base station 100 mentioned above. The receiving unit 3603 is configured to perform the action of receiving the DMRS indication information performed by the receiving end in S103 in FIG. 6 or the action of receiving the DMRS indication information performed by the receiving end in S203 in FIG. 21 , and / The receiving end involved in the embodiments of this application receives any information. The processing unit 3602 can be used to perform S104 in FIG. 6, that is, according to the received DMRS indication information, or to perform S204 in FIG. 21, that is, according to the received DMRS indication information, to complete the demodulation reference signal, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein. All relevant contents of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments can be cited in the functional descriptions of the corresponding functional modules, which will not be repeated here. For example, in the specific implementation process, it can be understood that the receiving end 360 first obtains the symbols carried on each RE by, for example, but not limited to, inverse Fourier transform (IFFT) (for example, obtaining the symbols carried on each RE of each OFDM symbol (for example, obtaining each subsection of each OFDM symbol). The symbol carried on the carrier), and then, according to the time-frequency resource where the DMRS is located, the DMRS is obtained from the obtained symbols.

在本申请实施例中,发射端350~接收端360对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现,或该以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件,其中,处理器与存储器可以集成在一起,也可以相对独立。In the embodiment of the present application, the transmitting end 350 to the receiving end 360 are presented in the form of dividing each functional module according to each function, or the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner. "Module" herein may refer to an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a processor and memory executing one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that may provide the above-described functions , in which the processor and the memory can be integrated together or relatively independent.

在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到将,发射端350~接收端360中的任一个通过如图43所示的结构实现。In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art can think of implementing any one of the transmitting end 350 to the receiving end 360 through the structure shown in FIG. 43 .

如图43所示,装置390可以包括:存储器3901、处理器3902、以及通信接口3903。其中存储器3902用于存储计算机执行指令,当装置390运行时,处理器3901执行存储器3902存储的计算机执行指令,以使装置390执行本申请实施例提供的信息传输方法。具体的信息传输方法可参考上文及附图中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。其中,通信接口3903可以是收发器。As shown in FIG. 43 , the apparatus 390 may include: a memory 3901 , a processor 3902 , and a communication interface 3903 . The memory 3902 is used to store computer-executed instructions. When the apparatus 390 is running, the processor 3901 executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 3902, so that the apparatus 390 executes the information transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application. For the specific information transmission method, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions above and in the accompanying drawings, and details are not repeated here. Wherein, the communication interface 3903 may be a transceiver.

可选的,装置390可以是现场可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA),专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),网络处理器(network processor,NP),数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以采用可编程控制器(programmable logicdevice,PLD)或其他集成芯片。Optionally, the device 390 may be a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system on chip (SoC), or a central processing unit (central processing unit). processor unit (CPU), network processor (NP), digital signal processor (DSP), microcontroller (micro controller unit, MCU), and programmable logic device (programmable logic device) PLD) or other integrated chips.

本申请实施例还提供一种存储介质,该存储介质可以包括存储器3902。This embodiment of the present application further provides a storage medium, where the storage medium may include a memory 3902 .

在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带),光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above-mentioned embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or data storage devices including one or more servers, data centers, etc. that can be integrated with the medium. The usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks (SSDs)), and the like.

尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述,然而,在实施所要求保护的本申请过程中,本领域技术人员通过查看所述附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书,可理解并实现所述公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中,“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤,“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施,但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。Although the application is described herein in conjunction with the various embodiments, those skilled in the art will understand and understand from a review of the drawings, the disclosure, and the appended claims in practicing the claimed application. Other variations of the disclosed embodiments are implemented. In the claims, the word "comprising" does not exclude other components or steps, and "a" or "an" does not exclude a plurality. A single processor or other unit may fulfill the functions of several items recited in the claims. The mere fact that certain measures are recited in mutually different dependent claims does not indicate that these measures cannot be combined to advantage.

尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申请的精神和范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Although the application has been described in conjunction with specific features and embodiments thereof, it will be apparent that various modifications and combinations can be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Accordingly, this specification and drawings are merely exemplary illustrations of the application as defined by the appended claims, and are deemed to cover any and all modifications, variations, combinations or equivalents within the scope of this application. Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. Thus, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalents, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (40)

1.一种解调参考信号指示方法,其特征在于,包括:1. A method for indicating a demodulation reference signal, comprising: 发射端根据DMRS配置信息得到DMRS指示信息;所述DMRS指示信息指示天线端口的码分复用CDM组信息,所述CDM组信息包括CDM组个数;所述CDM组个数为系统中有被占用或调度可能性的,不用于传输数据的CDM组的个数;The transmitter obtains DMRS indication information according to the DMRS configuration information; the DMRS indication information indicates the code division multiplexing CDM group information of the antenna port, and the CDM group information includes the number of CDM groups; the number of CDM groups is the number of CDM groups in the system. The number of CDM groups that are not used for data transmission if they are occupied or scheduled; 所述发射端发送所述DMRS指示信息。The transmitting end sends the DMRS indication information. 2.如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发射端根据DMRS配置信息得到DMRS指示信息,之前包括:2. The method according to claim 1, wherein the transmitting end obtains the DMRS indication information according to the DMRS configuration information, comprising: 所述发射端从多组解调参考信号DMRS配置信息中确定与当前DMRS传输方案对应的DMRS配置信息,并根据DMRS配置信息得到所述DMRS指示信息;所述每组DMRS配置信息包含多条DMRS配置信息。The transmitting end determines the DMRS configuration information corresponding to the current DMRS transmission scheme from multiple sets of demodulation reference signal DMRS configuration information, and obtains the DMRS indication information according to the DMRS configuration information; each group of DMRS configuration information includes multiple DMRS configuration information. 3.如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述CDM组个数信息的值为1时,表示CDM组1被占用或调度,CDM组个数信息的值为2时,表示CDM组1和CDM组2被占用或调度,所述CDM组个数信息的值为3时,表示CDM组1、CDM组2、CDM组3被占用或调度。3. The method according to claim 2, wherein when the value of the CDM group number information is 1, it indicates that CDM group 1 is occupied or scheduled, and when the value of the CDM group number information is 2, it indicates that the CDM group is 2 Group 1 and CDM group 2 are occupied or scheduled, and when the value of the CDM group number information is 3, it means that CDM group 1, CDM group 2, and CDM group 3 are occupied or scheduled. 4.如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DMRS配置信息中还包括DMRS的符号信息。4. The method according to claim 1, wherein the DMRS configuration information further comprises symbol information of the DMRS. 5.如权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DMRS配置信息中,DMRS类型1和DMRS类型2的DMRS端口映射规则如下:5. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein, in the DMRS configuration information, the DMRS port mapping rules of DMRS type 1 and DMRS type 2 are as follows: 对于1符号DMRS类型1,CDM组1包含的端口为{0,1},CDM组2包含的端口为{2,3};For 1-symbol DMRS type 1, the ports included in CDM group 1 are {0,1}, and the ports included in CDM group 2 are {2,3}; 对于2符号DMRS类型1,CDM组1包含的端口为{0,1,4,5},CDM组2包含的端口为{2,3,6,7};For 2-symbol DMRS type 1, the ports included in CDM group 1 are {0,1,4,5}, and the ports included in CDM group 2 are {2,3,6,7}; 对于1符号DMRS类型2,CDM组1包含的端口为{0,1},CDM组2包含端口为{2,3},CDM组3包含的端口为{4,5};For 1-symbol DMRS type 2, the ports included in CDM group 1 are {0,1}, the ports included in CDM group 2 are {2,3}, and the ports included in CDM group 3 are {4,5}; 对于2符号DMRS类型2,CDM组1包含的端口为{0,1,6,7},CDM组2包含的端口为{2,3,8,9},CDM组3包含的端口为{4,5,10,11}。For 2-symbol DMRS type 2, the ports included in CDM group 1 are {0,1,6,7}, the ports included in CDM group 2 are {2,3,8,9}, and the ports included in CDM group 3 are {4 ,5,10,11}. 6.如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DMRS类型1对应的DMRS配置信息中,CDM组个数,端口,符号数之间的对应关系满足下表的一行或多行所示的对应关系:6. method as claimed in claim 5, is characterized in that, in the DMRS configuration information corresponding to described DMRS type 1, the correspondence between CDM group number, port, number of symbols satisfies one or more rows of the following table. The corresponding relationship shown: 7.如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DMRS类型2对应的DMRS配置信息中,CDM组个数,端口,符号数之间的对应关系满足下表的一行或多行所示的对应关系:7. method as claimed in claim 5 is characterized in that, in the DMRS configuration information corresponding to described DMRS type 2, the correspondence between CDM group number, port, number of symbols satisfies one or more rows of the following table. The corresponding relationship shown: 8.如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,通过RRC信令配置所述DMRS配置信息可使用的范围,该可使用的范围是基于DMRS的符号信息或者DMRS最大符号个数来确定的。8. The method according to claim 1, wherein the usable range of the DMRS configuration information is configured through RRC signaling, and the usable range is determined based on symbol information of the DMRS or the maximum number of symbols of the DMRS . 9.如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DMRS配置信息可使用的范围与无线资源控制信令RRC中指示DMRS最大符号个数的参数关联。9 . The method according to claim 1 , wherein the usable range of the DMRS configuration information is associated with a parameter indicating the maximum number of DMRS symbols in the radio resource control signaling RRC. 10 . 10.一种发射端,其特征在于,包括:10. A transmitter, characterized in that, comprising: 处理单元,根据DMRS配置信息得到DMRS指示信息;所述DMRS指示信息指示天线端口的码分复用CDM组信息,所述CDM组信息包括CDM组个数;所述CDM组个数为系统中有被占用或调度可能性的,不用于传输数据的CDM组的个数;The processing unit obtains DMRS indication information according to the DMRS configuration information; the DMRS indication information indicates the code division multiplexing CDM group information of the antenna port, and the CDM group information includes the number of CDM groups; the number of CDM groups is the number of CDM groups in the system The number of CDM groups that are not used for data transmission if they are occupied or scheduled; 发送单元,发送所述DMRS指示信息。A sending unit, to send the DMRS indication information. 11.如权利要求10所述的发射端,其特征在于,所述发射端根据DMRS配置信息得到DMRS指示信息,之前包括:11. The transmitting end according to claim 10, wherein the transmitting end obtains DMRS indication information according to DMRS configuration information, before comprising: 所述发射端从多组解调参考信号DMRS配置信息中确定与当前DMRS传输方案对应的DMRS配置信息,并根据DMRS配置信息得到所述DMRS指示信息;所述每组DMRS配置信息包含多条DMRS配置信息。The transmitting end determines the DMRS configuration information corresponding to the current DMRS transmission scheme from multiple sets of demodulation reference signal DMRS configuration information, and obtains the DMRS indication information according to the DMRS configuration information; each group of DMRS configuration information includes multiple DMRS configuration information. 12.如权利要求10所述的发射端,其特征在于,所述CDM组个数信息的值为1时,表示CDM组1被占用或调度,CDM组个数信息的值为2时,表示CDM组1和CDM组2被占用或调度,所述CDM组个数信息的值为3时,表示CDM组1、CDM组2、CDM组3被占用或调度。12. The transmitter according to claim 10, wherein when the value of the CDM group number information is 1, it indicates that CDM group 1 is occupied or scheduled, and when the value of the CDM group number information is 2, it indicates that the CDM group is occupied or scheduled. CDM group 1 and CDM group 2 are occupied or scheduled, and when the value of the CDM group number information is 3, it means that CDM group 1, CDM group 2, and CDM group 3 are occupied or scheduled. 13.如权利要求10所述的发射端,其特征在于,所述DMRS配置信息中还包括DMRS的符号信息。13. The transmitter according to claim 10, wherein the DMRS configuration information further comprises symbol information of the DMRS. 14.如权利要求10至13中任一项所述的发射端,其特征在于,所述DMRS配置信息中,DMRS类型1和DMRS类型2的DMRS端口映射规则如下:14. The transmitter according to any one of claims 10 to 13, wherein, in the DMRS configuration information, the DMRS port mapping rules of DMRS type 1 and DMRS type 2 are as follows: 对于1符号DMRS类型1,CDM组1包含的端口为{0,1},CDM组2包含的端口为{2,3};For 1-symbol DMRS type 1, the ports included in CDM group 1 are {0,1}, and the ports included in CDM group 2 are {2,3}; 对于2符号DMRS类型1,CDM组1包含的端口为{0,1,4,5},CDM组2包含的端口为{2,3,6,7};For 2-symbol DMRS type 1, the ports included in CDM group 1 are {0,1,4,5}, and the ports included in CDM group 2 are {2,3,6,7}; 对于1符号DMRS类型2,CDM组1包含的端口为{0,1},CDM组2包含端口为{2,3},CDM组3包含的端口为{4,5};For 1-symbol DMRS type 2, the ports included in CDM group 1 are {0,1}, the ports included in CDM group 2 are {2,3}, and the ports included in CDM group 3 are {4,5}; 对于2符号DMRS类型2,CDM组1包含的端口为{0,1,6,7},CDM组2包含的端口为{2,3,8,9},CDM组3包含的端口为{4,5,10,11}。For 2-symbol DMRS type 2, the ports included in CDM group 1 are {0,1,6,7}, the ports included in CDM group 2 are {2,3,8,9}, and the ports included in CDM group 3 are {4 ,5,10,11}. 15.如权利要求14所述的发射端,其特征在于,所述DMRS类型1对应的DMRS配置信息中,CDM组个数,端口,符号数之间的对应关系满足下表的一行或多行所示的对应关系:15. The transmitter according to claim 14, wherein, in the DMRS configuration information corresponding to the DMRS type 1, the correspondence between the number of CDM groups, the port, and the number of symbols satisfies one or more rows of the following table The correspondence shown is: 16.如权利要求14所述的发射端,其特征在于,所述DMRS类型2对应的DMRS配置信息中,CDM组个数,端口,符号数之间的对应关系满足下表的一行或多行所示的对应关系:16. The transmitting terminal of claim 14, wherein, in the DMRS configuration information corresponding to the DMRS type 2, the correspondence between the number of CDM groups, the port, and the number of symbols satisfies one or more rows of the following table The correspondence shown is: 17.如权利要求10所述的发射端,其特征在于,通过RRC信令配置所述DMRS配置信息可使用的范围,该可使用的范围是基于DMRS的符号信息或者DMRS最大符号个数来确定的。17. The transmitter according to claim 10, wherein the usable range of the DMRS configuration information is configured through RRC signaling, and the usable range is determined based on DMRS symbol information or the maximum number of DMRS symbols of. 18.如权利要求10所述的发射端,其特征在于,所述DMRS配置信息可使用的范围与无线资源控制信令RRC中指示DMRS最大符号个数的参数关联。18. The transmitter according to claim 10, wherein the usable range of the DMRS configuration information is associated with a parameter indicating the maximum number of DMRS symbols in the radio resource control signaling RRC. 19.一种接收解调参考信号的方法,其特征在于,包括:19. A method for receiving a demodulation reference signal, comprising: 接收端接收发射端发送的解调参考信号DMRS指示信息;所述DMRS指示信息指示天线端口的码分复用CDM组信息,所述CDM组信息包括CDM组个数;所述CDM组个数为系统中可能被占用或调度,不用于传输数据的CDM组的个数;The receiving end receives the demodulation reference signal DMRS indication information sent by the transmitting end; the DMRS indication information indicates the code division multiplexing CDM group information of the antenna port, and the CDM group information includes the number of CDM groups; the number of CDM groups is The number of CDM groups that may be occupied or scheduled in the system and not used for data transmission; 所述接收端根据接收的所述DMRS指示信息,辅助解调数据。The receiving end assists in demodulating data according to the received DMRS indication information. 20.如权利要求19所述方法,其特征在于,所述DMRS指示信息是所述发射端从多组解调参考信号DMRS配置信息中确定与当前DMRS传输方案对应的DMRS配置信息,并根据DMRS配置信息得到DMRS指示信息;所述每组DMRS配置信息包含多条DMRS配置信息。20. The method according to claim 19, wherein the DMRS indication information is that the transmitter determines the DMRS configuration information corresponding to the current DMRS transmission scheme from multiple sets of demodulation reference signal DMRS configuration information, and determines the DMRS configuration information corresponding to the current DMRS transmission scheme according to the DMRS configuration information. The configuration information obtains DMRS indication information; each group of DMRS configuration information includes multiple pieces of DMRS configuration information. 21.如权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述CDM组个数信息的值为1时,表示CDM组1被占用或调度,CDM组个数信息的值为2时,表示CDM组1和CDM组2被占用或调度,所述CDM组个数信息的值为3时,表示CDM组1、CDM组2、CDM组3被占用或调度。21. The method of claim 19, wherein when the value of the CDM group number information is 1, it indicates that CDM group 1 is occupied or scheduled, and when the value of the CDM group number information is 2, it indicates that the CDM group is occupied or scheduled. Group 1 and CDM group 2 are occupied or scheduled, and when the value of the CDM group number information is 3, it means that CDM group 1, CDM group 2, and CDM group 3 are occupied or scheduled. 22.如权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DMRS配置信息中还包括DMRS的符号信息。22. The method of claim 19, wherein the DMRS configuration information further comprises symbol information of the DMRS. 23.如权利要求19至22中任一项所述方法,其特征在于,所述DMRS配置信息中,DMRS类型1和DMRS类型2的具体DMRS端口映射规则如下:23. The method according to any one of claims 19 to 22, wherein, in the DMRS configuration information, the specific DMRS port mapping rules of DMRS type 1 and DMRS type 2 are as follows: 对于1符号DMRS类型1,CDM组1包含的端口为{0,1},CDM组2包含的端口为{2,3};For 1-symbol DMRS type 1, the ports included in CDM group 1 are {0,1}, and the ports included in CDM group 2 are {2,3}; 对于2符号DMRS类型1,CDM组1包含的端口为{0,1,4,5},CDM组2包含的端口为{2,3,6,7};For 2-symbol DMRS type 1, the ports included in CDM group 1 are {0,1,4,5}, and the ports included in CDM group 2 are {2,3,6,7}; 对于1符号DMRS类型2,CDM组1包含的端口为{0,1},CDM组2包含端口为{2,3},CDM组3包含的端口为{4,5};For 1-symbol DMRS type 2, the ports included in CDM group 1 are {0,1}, the ports included in CDM group 2 are {2,3}, and the ports included in CDM group 3 are {4,5}; 对于2符号DMRS类型2,CDM组1包含的端口为{0,1,6,7},CDM组2包含的端口为{2,3,8,9},CDM组3包含的端口为{4,5,10,11}。For 2-symbol DMRS type 2, the ports included in CDM group 1 are {0,1,6,7}, the ports included in CDM group 2 are {2,3,8,9}, and the ports included in CDM group 3 are {4 ,5,10,11}. 24.如权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DMRS类型1对应的DMRS配置信息中,CDM组个数,端口,符号数之间的对应关系满足下表的一行或多行所示的对应关系:24. The method of claim 23, wherein, in the DMRS configuration information corresponding to the DMRS type 1, the correspondence between the number of CDM groups, the port, and the number of symbols satisfies one or more rows of the following table. The corresponding relationship shown: 25.如权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DMRS类型2对应的DMRS配置信息中,CDM组个数,端口,符号数之间的对应关系满足下表的一行或多行所示的对应关系:25. The method of claim 23, wherein, in the DMRS configuration information corresponding to the DMRS type 2, the correspondence between the number of CDM groups, the port, and the number of symbols satisfies one or more rows of the following table. The corresponding relationship shown: 26.如权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,通过RRC信令配置所述DMRS配置信息可使用的范围,该可使用的范围是基于DMRS的符号信息或者DMRS最大符号个数来确定的。26. The method of claim 19, wherein the usable range of the DMRS configuration information is configured through RRC signaling, and the usable range is determined based on DMRS symbol information or the maximum number of DMRS symbols . 27.如权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DMRS配置信息可使用的范围与无线资源控制信令RRC中指示DMRS最大符号个数的参数关联。27. The method of claim 19, wherein the usable range of the DMRS configuration information is associated with a parameter in the radio resource control signaling RRC indicating the maximum number of DMRS symbols. 28.一种接收端,其特征在于,包括:28. A receiving end, characterized in that, comprising: 接收单元,用于接收发射端发送的解调参考信号DMRS指示信息;所述DMRS指示信息所述DMRS指示信息指示天线端口的码分复用CDM组信息,所述CDM组信息包括CDM组个数;所述CDM组个数为系统中可能被占用或调度,不用于传输数据的CDM组的个数;a receiving unit, configured to receive the DMRS indication information of the demodulation reference signal sent by the transmitting end; the DMRS indication information indicates the code division multiplexing CDM group information of the antenna port, and the CDM group information includes the number of CDM groups ; The number of CDM groups is the number of CDM groups that may be occupied or scheduled in the system and not used for data transmission; 处理单元,根据所述接收单元接收的所述DMRS指示信息,辅助解调数据。A processing unit for assisting in demodulating data according to the DMRS indication information received by the receiving unit. 29.如权利要求28所述的接收端,其特征在于,所述DMRS指示信息是所述发射端从多组解调参考信号DMRS配置信息中确定与当前DMRS传输方案对应的DMRS配置信息,并根据DMRS配置信息得到DMRS指示信息;所述每组DMRS配置信息包含多条DMRS配置信息。29. The receiver according to claim 28, wherein the DMRS indication information is that the transmitter determines DMRS configuration information corresponding to the current DMRS transmission scheme from multiple sets of demodulation reference signal DMRS configuration information, and The DMRS indication information is obtained according to the DMRS configuration information; each group of DMRS configuration information includes multiple pieces of DMRS configuration information. 30.如权利要求28所述的接收端,其特征在于,所述CDM组个数信息的值为1时,表示CDM组1被占用或调度,CDM组个数信息的值为2时,表示CDM组1和CDM组2被占用或调度,所述CDM组个数信息的值为3时,表示CDM组1、CDM组2、CDM组3被占用或调度。30. The receiver according to claim 28, wherein when the value of the CDM group number information is 1, it indicates that CDM group 1 is occupied or scheduled, and when the value of the CDM group number information is 2, it indicates that the CDM group is occupied or scheduled. CDM group 1 and CDM group 2 are occupied or scheduled, and when the value of the CDM group number information is 3, it means that CDM group 1, CDM group 2, and CDM group 3 are occupied or scheduled. 31.如权利要求28所述的接收端,其特征在于,所述DMRS配置信息中还包括DMRS的符号信息。31. The receiver according to claim 28, wherein the DMRS configuration information further comprises symbol information of the DMRS. 32.如权利要求28至31中任一项所述的接收端,其特征在于,所述DMRS配置信息中,DMRS类型1和DMRS类型2的具体DMRS端口映射规则如下:32. The receiver according to any one of claims 28 to 31, wherein, in the DMRS configuration information, the specific DMRS port mapping rules of DMRS type 1 and DMRS type 2 are as follows: 对于1符号DMRS类型1,CDM组1包含的端口为{0,1},CDM组2包含的端口为{2,3};For 1-symbol DMRS type 1, the ports included in CDM group 1 are {0,1}, and the ports included in CDM group 2 are {2,3}; 对于2符号DMRS类型1,CDM组1包含的端口为{0,1,4,5},CDM组2包含的端口为{2,3,6,7};For 2-symbol DMRS type 1, the ports included in CDM group 1 are {0,1,4,5}, and the ports included in CDM group 2 are {2,3,6,7}; 对于1符号DMRS类型2,CDM组1包含的端口为{0,1},CDM组2包含端口为{2,3},CDM组3包含的端口为{4,5};For 1-symbol DMRS type 2, the ports included in CDM group 1 are {0,1}, the ports included in CDM group 2 are {2,3}, and the ports included in CDM group 3 are {4,5}; 对于2符号DMRS类型2,CDM组1包含的端口为{0,1,6,7},CDM组2包含的端口为{2,3,8,9},CDM组3包含的端口为{4,5,10,11}。For 2-symbol DMRS type 2, the ports included in CDM group 1 are {0,1,6,7}, the ports included in CDM group 2 are {2,3,8,9}, and the ports included in CDM group 3 are {4 ,5,10,11}. 33.如权利要求32所述的接收端,其特征在于,所述DMRS类型1对应的DMRS配置信息中,CDM组个数,端口,符号数之间的对应关系满足下表的一行或多行所示的对应关系:33. The receiving terminal of claim 32, wherein in the DMRS configuration information corresponding to the DMRS type 1, the correspondence between the number of CDM groups, the port, and the number of symbols satisfies one or more rows of the following table The correspondence shown is: 34.如权利要求32所述的接收端,其特征在于,所述DMRS类型2对应的DMRS配置信息中,CDM组个数,端口,符号数之间的对应关系满足下表的一行或多行所示的对应关系:34. receiving terminal as claimed in claim 32, is characterized in that, in the DMRS configuration information corresponding to described DMRS type 2, the correspondence between CDM group number, port, number of symbols satisfies one or more rows of the following table The correspondence shown is: 35.如权利要求28所述的接收端,其特征在于,通过RRC信令配置所述DMRS配置信息可使用的范围,该可使用的范围是基于DMRS的符号信息或者DMRS最大符号个数来确定的。35. The receiving end according to claim 28, wherein the usable range of the DMRS configuration information is configured by RRC signaling, and the usable range is determined based on the symbol information of the DMRS or the maximum number of symbols of the DMRS of. 36.如权利要求28所述的接收端,其特征在于,所述DMRS配置信息可使用的范围与无线资源控制信令RRC中指示DMRS最大符号个数的参数关联。36. The receiver according to claim 28, wherein the usable range of the DMRS configuration information is associated with a parameter in the radio resource control signaling RRC indicating the maximum number of DMRS symbols. 37.一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理单元和接口;37. A chip, comprising a processing unit and an interface; 所述处理单元为如权利要求10~18中任一项所述的发射端或如权利要求28~36中任一项所述的接收端中的处理单元。The processing unit is the processing unit in the transmitter according to any one of claims 10 to 18 or the processing unit in the receiver according to any one of claims 28 to 36 . 38.一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:38. A communication system, characterized in that it comprises: 如权利要求10~18中任一项所述的发射端和如权利要求28~36中任一项所述的接收端。The transmitter according to any one of claims 10-18 and the receiver according to any one of claims 28-36. 39.一种计算机存储介质,用于储存如权利要求10~18中任一项所述的发射端所用的计算机软件指令。39. A computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the transmitter according to any one of claims 10 to 18. 40.一种计算机存储介质,用于储存如权利要求28~36中任一项所述的接收端所用的计算机软件指令。40. A computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the receiver according to any one of claims 28 to 36.
CN201810586298.7A 2017-08-11 2017-11-17 A DMRS indication and receiving method, transmitter and receiver Active CN108809609B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710686645 2017-08-11
CN2017106866459 2017-08-11
CN201711147995.4A CN109391456B (en) 2017-08-11 2017-11-17 DMRS (demodulation reference signal) indication and receiving method, transmitting terminal and receiving terminal

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201711147995.4A Division CN109391456B (en) 2017-08-11 2017-11-17 DMRS (demodulation reference signal) indication and receiving method, transmitting terminal and receiving terminal

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN108809609A CN108809609A (en) 2018-11-13
CN108809609B true CN108809609B (en) 2019-07-09

Family

ID=64087863

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201810586298.7A Active CN108809609B (en) 2017-08-11 2017-11-17 A DMRS indication and receiving method, transmitter and receiver

Country Status (1)

Country Link
CN (1) CN108809609B (en)

Families Citing this family (30)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110474741B (en) * 2018-05-11 2021-01-15 华为技术有限公司 A communication method and device
CN111106913B (en) 2018-11-02 2021-04-27 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method and apparatus for wireless communication
US10708024B2 (en) * 2018-11-15 2020-07-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Determination of demodulation reference signal and phase tracking reference signal parameters
US20220311574A1 (en) * 2018-12-14 2022-09-29 Nec Corporation Dmrs configuration
CN111416692B (en) * 2019-01-07 2023-05-09 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A configuration method and device
CN111417162B (en) * 2019-01-07 2022-04-15 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Information transmission method, terminal and network equipment
CN111294229B (en) * 2019-01-11 2021-07-27 展讯半导体(南京)有限公司 Port configuration method and device
CN114826525B (en) * 2019-01-11 2025-05-27 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for sending and receiving instructions
CN111490862B (en) * 2019-01-28 2023-05-09 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Uplink demodulation reference signal configuration method, device, medium and equipment
CN111277383A (en) * 2019-02-15 2020-06-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method and communication device for generating reference signal
US11245560B2 (en) * 2019-03-28 2022-02-08 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving multiple data in wireless cooperative communication system
CN111756504B (en) 2019-03-29 2021-12-17 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for transmitting downlink control information
CN111786757B (en) * 2019-04-04 2022-05-31 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Transmission configuration indication method of DMRS port, related device and storage medium
CN111786754A (en) * 2019-04-04 2020-10-16 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 A kind of DMRS port transmission configuration instruction method and device
CN111614385B (en) * 2019-06-21 2021-09-10 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method and equipment for processing multiple input multiple output layers
US20220256566A1 (en) * 2019-07-25 2022-08-11 Nec Corporation Indication of repetition number for physical shared channel
CN112311513B (en) * 2019-07-30 2022-04-05 华为技术有限公司 DMRS port indication method and device
CN112399627B (en) 2019-08-14 2023-09-01 华为技术有限公司 DMRS port determining method and communication device
CN112399590B (en) * 2019-08-16 2023-11-10 华为技术有限公司 Frequency domain resource allocation method and device
CN112566068A (en) * 2019-09-29 2021-03-26 华为技术有限公司 Transmission method and communication device for DMRS (demodulation reference signal) pattern indication information
CN112584508B (en) * 2019-09-30 2023-05-30 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method, device, base station and terminal for indicating allocation of demodulation reference signal ports
CN113973357A (en) * 2020-07-24 2022-01-25 华为技术有限公司 A working mode indication method, device and system
WO2022056849A1 (en) * 2020-09-18 2022-03-24 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and apparatus for sending dmrs, and terminal and medium
CN115333692B (en) * 2021-05-10 2024-04-02 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 DMRS port information determining method, device and storage medium
CN116032441A (en) * 2021-10-25 2023-04-28 华为技术有限公司 Information transmission method and device
EP4442037A1 (en) * 2021-12-03 2024-10-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Mu-mimo based on sdm for pusch
CN114173422B (en) * 2021-12-08 2022-09-06 深圳市领创星通科技有限公司 Uplink data processing method, access network equipment and storage medium
CN116867068A (en) * 2022-03-24 2023-10-10 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Reference signal transmission method, device and storage medium
CN116846523A (en) * 2022-03-24 2023-10-03 维沃移动通信有限公司 DMRS transmission method and device and related equipment
CN115016729A (en) * 2022-05-19 2022-09-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Storage method, device, terminal and storage medium for storing information

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102088429A (en) * 2010-02-11 2011-06-08 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 A method and device for demodulation reference symbol port mapping
CN102714527A (en) * 2010-01-22 2012-10-03 Lg电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for providing downlink control information in an mimo wireless communication system
CN105900387A (en) * 2014-06-12 2016-08-24 华为技术有限公司 Resource allocation method and device
CN106470087A (en) * 2015-08-19 2017-03-01 中国移动通信集团公司 DMRS indicating means, system, base station and user equipment

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102714527A (en) * 2010-01-22 2012-10-03 Lg电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for providing downlink control information in an mimo wireless communication system
CN102088429A (en) * 2010-02-11 2011-06-08 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 A method and device for demodulation reference symbol port mapping
CN105900387A (en) * 2014-06-12 2016-08-24 华为技术有限公司 Resource allocation method and device
CN106470087A (en) * 2015-08-19 2017-03-01 中国移动通信集团公司 DMRS indicating means, system, base station and user equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN108809609A (en) 2018-11-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN108809609B (en) A DMRS indication and receiving method, transmitter and receiver
CN109995498B (en) DMRS (demodulation reference signal) indication and receiving method, transmitting terminal and receiving terminal
US10680773B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting pilot signal
JP5980870B2 (en) System and method for bundling resource blocks in a wireless communication system
CN103944665B (en) Sending method, the device and system of uplink demodulation reference signal
US20200367242A1 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving downlink channel and reference signal in communication system
CN115314083B (en) Method and node for adaptive demodulation reference signal density
JP2013516139A (en) Design of uplink demodulation reference signal for multiple input / output transmission
KR102711905B1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving demodulation reference signal pattern configuration information for nr system
WO2019095334A1 (en) Method for sending downlink control information, terminal device, and network device
CN108365933A (en) A kind of method and device sending reference signal
CN108811131B (en) Resource configuration method and device, base station and terminal
CN108418662A (en) A reference signal sending method, receiving method and related equipment
WO2011120584A1 (en) Sequence hopping in a communication system
BR112019020884B1 (en) DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL INDICATION METHOD, NETWORK DEVICE, DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL RECEPTION METHOD, TERMINAL, AND CHIP
CN119174131A (en) Systems and methods for providing additional DM-RS ports for 5G MU-MIMO transmission

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
GR01 Patent grant
GR01 Patent grant